Bump version to 24.4
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob973ef53b1097324966fd57a6aa7944ad5b8ecd37
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
242 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21418 19288 912946 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
841 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 431149
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 431149
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 431149
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 431149
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 431149
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1249 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 46255
1456 ;;;;;; 468379 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1484 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 431149
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 431149
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1608 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1655 ;;;***
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 281810
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744 ;;;***
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 5105 739240 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1782 ;;;***
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21559 25723
1785 ;;;;;; 227256 0))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1801 ;;;***
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 988149
1804 ;;;;;; 0))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1840 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874 ;;;***
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1877 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 431149
1980 ;;;;;; 0))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 ;;;***
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
2005 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012 What is blackbox?
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2021 Overview of play:
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043 Details:
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122 ;;;***
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21396 5125 546680
2125 ;;;;;; 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2315 ;;;***
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21362 56326
2318 ;;;;;; 483293 0))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2434 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2435 Firefox.
2437 When called interactively, if variable
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2439 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2440 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2448 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2451 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2452 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2454 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2455 URL in a new window.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2462 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 Chromium.
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2470 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2472 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2473 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2474 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2475 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2478 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2479 new tab in an existing window instead.
2481 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2482 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2511 program is invoked according to the variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2515 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2516 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2517 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2526 Default to the URL around or before point.
2528 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2529 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2530 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2533 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2534 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2535 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point.
2546 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2547 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2548 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2557 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2558 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2567 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2573 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2574 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2575 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2577 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2578 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2579 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2580 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2583 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2588 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2589 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2590 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2591 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2592 current one.
2594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2595 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2600 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2607 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2608 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2609 don't offer a form of remote control.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around the point.
2623 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2624 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2626 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2627 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631 ;;;***
2633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 38897 477078 478000))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2638 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2645 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2646 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2647 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2652 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2657 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2658 \\<bs-mode-map>
2659 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2660 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2661 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2662 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2665 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2666 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2667 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2668 name of buffer configuration.
2670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672 ;;;***
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 431149
2675 ;;;;;; 0))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2679 Play Bubbles game.
2680 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2681 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2682 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2683 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2684 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2685 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692 \(fn)" t nil)
2694 ;;;***
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2697 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
2698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2711 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715 ;;;***
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2718 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2757 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2758 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2759 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2760 before scanning it.
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2763 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836 ;;;***
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2839 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2849 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2861 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2865 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2866 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2867 from the cursor position.
2869 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21421 999 106354 0))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2885 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2890 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2895 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 \(fn)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2901 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2902 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 This is most useful in the X window system.
2909 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2910 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 See calc-keypad for details.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2921 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2926 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2931 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2936 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2937 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2942 Define Calc function.
2944 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2945 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2946 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2949 actual Lisp function name.
2951 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957 ;;;***
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2960 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968 ;;;***
2970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 431149
2971 ;;;;;; 0))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2975 Run the Emacs calculator.
2976 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2980 ;;;***
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21517 17755
2983 ;;;;;; 154419 0))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2987 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2988 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2989 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2990 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2991 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2994 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2995 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2996 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2997 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2998 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2999 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3000 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3001 window.
3003 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3004 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3007 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3008 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3009 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3010 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3011 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013 Runs the following hooks:
3015 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3016 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3017 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3018 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024 ;;;***
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
3027 ;;;;;; 0))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3031 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3036 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3037 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3038 it fails.
3040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042 ;;;***
3044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3045 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3049 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3051 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3052 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3055 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3056 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3057 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3058 restriction to ASCII.
3060 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062 capitalizedWorDD
3063 ^ ^ ^^
3065 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3066 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3067 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3070 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3071 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3072 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3073 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3074 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3075 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3078 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3085 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3087 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3089 ;;;***
3091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3092 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3095 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3096 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3098 \(fn)" nil nil)
3100 ;;;***
3102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3103 ;;;;;; 832220 0))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3106 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3107 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3110 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3112 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3161 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3166 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3167 variables are guessed:
3169 * `c-basic-offset', and
3170 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3171 `c-offsets-alist'.
3173 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3176 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3177 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3179 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3180 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3181 guess is made from scratch.
3183 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3184 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3186 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3189 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3190 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3193 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3194 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3195 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3197 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3199 ;;;***
3201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3202 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3205 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3206 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3207 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3208 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3209 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3210 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3211 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3213 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{c++-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3259 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{objc-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3278 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Java code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3281 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{java-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3297 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3300 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{idl-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3317 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3320 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3323 message.
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3330 Key bindings:
3331 \\{pike-mode-map}
3333 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3340 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3341 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3342 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3343 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3344 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3345 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3347 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3352 Key bindings:
3353 \\{awk-mode-map}
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3357 ;;;***
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3360 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3363 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3364 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3365 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3366 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3368 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3370 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3371 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3372 might get set too.
3374 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3375 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3376 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3377 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3378 in this way.
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3381 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3382 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3383 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3384 a null operation.
3386 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3388 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3389 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3390 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3391 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3393 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3395 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3396 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3397 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3399 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3401 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3402 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3403 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3404 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3405 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3407 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3409 ;;;***
3411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3412 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3414 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3415 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3418 ;;;***
3420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 431149
3421 ;;;;;; 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3424 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3425 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3427 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3429 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3430 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3432 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3434 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3437 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3438 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3439 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3440 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3441 execution.
3443 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3445 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3447 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3451 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3453 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3455 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3456 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3457 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3458 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3459 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3460 `write' commands.
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3463 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3464 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3467 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3468 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3469 semantics.
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3473 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3477 STATEMENT :=
3478 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3479 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3481 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3482 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3483 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3484 | integer
3486 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3488 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3489 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3490 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3494 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3496 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3497 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3499 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3500 BREAK := (break)
3502 REPEAT :=
3503 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3504 (repeat)
3505 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3506 ;; (repeat))
3507 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3508 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3509 ;; (read REG)
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3517 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3518 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3519 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3520 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3521 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3522 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3524 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3525 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3526 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3527 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3528 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3529 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3530 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3531 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3532 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3534 WRITE :=
3535 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3536 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3539 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3540 ;; (write r7))
3541 | (write EXPRESSION)
3542 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3543 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write integer)
3546 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3547 ;; buffer.
3548 | (write string)
3549 ;; Same as: (write string)
3550 | string
3551 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3552 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3553 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 | (write REG ARRAY)
3556 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3557 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3558 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3559 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3560 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3561 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3564 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3566 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3567 END := (end)
3569 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3570 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3571 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3573 ARG := REG | integer
3575 OPERATOR :=
3576 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3577 + | - | * | / | %
3579 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3580 | & | `|' | ^
3582 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 | << | >>
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3587 | <8
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3591 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3592 | >8
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3596 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3597 | //
3599 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3603 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3606 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3607 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3608 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3609 | de-sjis
3611 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3612 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3613 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3616 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3617 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3618 ;; byte of SJIS.
3619 | en-sjis
3621 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3622 ;; Same meaning as C code
3623 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3625 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3627 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3628 | <8=
3630 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3631 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3632 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3634 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3636 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3637 | //=
3639 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3642 TRANSLATE :=
3643 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3649 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3650 MAP :=
3651 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3652 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3653 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3654 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3655 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3656 MAP-ID := integer
3658 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3660 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3662 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3663 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3664 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3665 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3666 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3667 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3669 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3671 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3672 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3673 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3675 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3677 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3679 ;;;***
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3682 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3685 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3686 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3687 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3688 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3690 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3692 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3694 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3695 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3697 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 431149
3702 ;;;;;; 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3706 ;;;***
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3709 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3711 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3713 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3714 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3715 There are no special keybindings by default.
3717 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3718 to the action header.
3720 \(fn)" t nil)
3722 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3723 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3724 There are no special keybindings by default.
3726 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3727 to the action header.
3729 \(fn)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3732 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3733 on the buffer contents
3735 \(fn)" nil nil)
3737 ;;;***
3739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3740 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3742 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3744 ;;;***
3746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3747 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
3748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3750 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3751 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3752 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3754 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3758 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3760 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3765 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3767 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3780 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3785 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3786 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3787 the users will view as each check is completed.
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3792 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3793 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3794 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3795 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3796 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3797 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3798 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3800 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3804 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3805 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3806 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3807 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3808 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3809 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3811 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3814 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3815 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3816 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3817 spacing are all verified.
3819 \(fn)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3822 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3823 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3824 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3825 otherwise stop after the first error.
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3830 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3831 Only documentation strings are checked.
3832 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3834 a separate buffer.
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3841 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3842 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3849 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3850 if there is one.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3857 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3858 if there is one.
3859 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3861 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3864 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3865 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3870 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3871 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3872 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3873 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3875 \(fn)" t nil)
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3878 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3879 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3880 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3881 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3882 space at the end of each line.
3884 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3888 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3889 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3895 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3896 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3902 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3903 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3905 \(fn)" t nil)
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3908 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3909 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3910 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3915 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3916 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3917 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3919 \(fn)" t nil)
3921 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3922 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3923 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3924 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3930 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3931 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3937 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3943 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3944 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3945 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3950 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3952 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3953 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3955 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3956 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3957 checking of documentation strings.
3959 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3963 ;;;***
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3966 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3969 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3970 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3971 Return the length of resulting text.
3973 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3978 \(fn)" t nil)
3980 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3981 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3982 Return the length of resulting text.
3984 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3994 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3996 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3999 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4001 ;;;***
4003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
4004 ;;;;;; 0))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4007 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4008 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4009 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4010 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4011 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4012 editing and the result is evaluated.
4014 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4016 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4017 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4018 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4019 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4020 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4022 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4027 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4028 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4029 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4030 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4032 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4033 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4034 \\{command-history-map}
4036 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4037 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4039 \(fn)" t nil)
4041 ;;;***
4043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4044 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4047 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4048 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4049 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4050 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4051 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4052 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4053 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4054 of this function.
4056 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4057 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4058 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4059 property are:
4061 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4062 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4064 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4065 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4066 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4067 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4068 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4069 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4070 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4071 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4072 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4073 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4074 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4075 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4077 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4078 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4079 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4081 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4082 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4083 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4084 list elements are:
4086 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4088 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4090 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4092 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4093 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4095 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4096 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4098 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4099 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4100 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4101 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4102 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4103 value specified by their associated list element.
4105 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4107 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4108 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4109 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4111 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4112 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4113 * indent the first argument by 4.
4114 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4115 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4116 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4118 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4120 ;;;***
4122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4123 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4125 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4129 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4130 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4131 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4132 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4133 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4134 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4136 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4137 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4139 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4141 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4143 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4145 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4151 ;;;***
4153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4154 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4157 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4158 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4159 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4160 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4162 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4163 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4164 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4165 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4167 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4168 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4170 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4172 ;;;***
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 431149
4175 ;;;;;; 0))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4178 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4179 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4180 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4181 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4182 of `scheme-program-name').
4183 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4184 it is given as initial input.
4185 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4186 discards input when it starts up.
4187 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4188 is run).
4189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4191 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4193 ;;;***
4195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4198 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4199 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4200 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4201 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4203 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4204 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4206 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4207 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4208 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4210 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4212 ;;;***
4214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4217 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4218 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4219 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4220 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4221 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4222 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4223 functions have already modified the buffer.
4225 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4227 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4228 either globally or locally.")
4230 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4231 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4233 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4235 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4236 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4237 `start-file-process'
4238 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4239 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4240 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4242 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4243 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4247 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4249 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4251 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4252 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4253 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4254 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4255 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4256 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4257 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4258 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4259 process as its initial input.
4261 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4263 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4265 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4267 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4268 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4269 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4270 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4271 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4272 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4274 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4276 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4277 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4278 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4279 directory tracking functions.")
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4283 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4285 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to current process.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311 ;;;***
4313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4314 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4317 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4318 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4319 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4320 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4322 This command pushes the mark in each window
4323 at the prior location of point in that window.
4324 If both windows display the same buffer,
4325 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4326 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4328 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4330 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4332 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4333 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4334 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4335 ignored.
4337 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4338 this command work in interlaced mode:
4339 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4340 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4341 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4343 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4345 ;;;***
4347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21358 35866
4348 ;;;;;; 898057 0))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4351 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4352 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4354 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4356 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4357 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4358 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4362 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4363 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4364 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4369 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4370 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4371 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4372 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4374 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4375 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4376 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4377 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4378 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4380 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4381 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4382 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4383 describing how the process finished.")
4385 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4386 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4387 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4388 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4389 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4391 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4392 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4393 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4395 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4397 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4398 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4399 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4400 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4404 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4405 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4407 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4408 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4410 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4411 (lambda ()
4412 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4413 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4414 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4415 (concat \"make -k \"
4416 (if buffer-file-name
4417 (shell-quote-argument
4418 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4420 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4421 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4423 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4424 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4425 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4426 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4428 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4430 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4431 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4432 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4433 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4435 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4436 and move to the source code that caused it.
4438 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4439 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4441 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4442 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4443 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4444 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4445 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4447 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4448 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4449 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4450 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4452 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4453 kills its subprocesses.
4455 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4456 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4457 to a function that generates a unique name.
4459 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4461 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4462 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4463 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4464 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4466 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4467 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4469 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4470 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4471 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4472 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4474 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4475 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4476 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4478 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4480 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4482 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4483 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4484 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4485 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4486 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4488 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4490 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4492 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4494 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4496 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4497 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4499 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4500 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4503 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4504 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4505 See `compilation-mode'.
4507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4509 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4510 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4512 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4513 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4516 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4517 `compilation-mode'.
4519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4522 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4523 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4525 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4527 ;;;***
4529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 431149
4530 ;;;;;; 0))
4531 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4533 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4534 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4535 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4538 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4540 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4542 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4543 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4545 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4546 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550 ;;;***
4552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4553 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4556 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4557 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4558 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4559 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4560 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4561 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4562 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4564 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4565 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4566 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4568 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4569 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4570 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4572 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4573 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4574 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4575 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4577 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4578 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4579 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4580 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4581 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4582 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4583 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4585 \\{conf-mode-map}
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `#'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4596 \[Desktop Entry]
4597 Encoding=UTF-8
4598 Name=The GIMP
4599 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4600 Name[cs]=GIMP
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4604 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4606 Comments start with `;'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4611 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4612 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4616 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4622 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4623 between `/*' and `*/'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4627 // another kind of comment
4628 /* yet another */
4630 name:value
4631 name=value
4632 name value
4633 x.1 =
4634 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4635 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4642 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4643 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4644 `conf-space-keywords'.
4645 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4646 in an interactive fashion instead.
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4652 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4653 image/png png
4654 image/tiff tiff tif
4656 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4657 class desktop
4658 # Standard multimedia devices
4659 add /dev/audio desktop
4660 add /dev/mixer desktop
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4665 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4666 See `conf-space-mode'.
4668 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4672 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4677 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4678 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4680 \(fn)" t nil)
4682 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4684 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4689 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4690 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4692 \(fn)" t nil)
4694 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4696 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4701 *background: gray99
4702 *foreground: black
4704 \(fn)" t nil)
4706 ;;;***
4708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 431149
4709 ;;;;;; 0))
4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4712 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4713 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4714 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4715 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4716 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4717 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4719 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4721 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4722 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4723 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4724 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4726 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4729 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4730 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4731 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4733 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4735 ;;;***
4737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4738 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4740 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4741 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4742 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4744 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4745 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4746 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4747 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4748 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4749 following the copyright are updated as well.
4750 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4751 interactively.
4753 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4756 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4757 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4758 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4759 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4761 \(fn)" t nil)
4763 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4764 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4766 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4768 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4769 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4770 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4772 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4774 ;;;***
4776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4777 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4779 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4788 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4789 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4790 Tab indents for Perl code.
4791 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4792 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4794 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4795 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4796 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4797 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4798 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4799 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4800 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4801 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4802 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4803 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4804 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4805 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4807 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4809 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4810 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4812 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4814 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4815 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4816 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4817 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4818 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4819 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4820 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4821 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4822 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4824 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4826 bite if angry;
4828 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4829 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4830 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4831 to nil.)
4833 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4834 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4835 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4837 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4839 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4840 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4841 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4842 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4843 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4845 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4847 if (A) { B }
4849 into
4851 B if A;
4853 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4855 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4856 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4857 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4858 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4859 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4860 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4861 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4862 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4863 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4864 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4865 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4866 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4867 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4869 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4870 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4871 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4872 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4873 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4874 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4876 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4877 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4878 man via menu.
4880 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4881 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4882 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4883 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4884 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4886 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4887 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4888 span the needed amount of lines.
4890 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4891 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4892 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4893 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4895 Variables controlling indentation style:
4896 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4897 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4899 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4900 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4901 `cperl-auto-newline'
4902 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4903 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4904 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4905 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4906 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4909 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4910 `cperl-indent-level'
4911 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4912 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4913 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4914 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4915 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4916 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4917 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4918 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4919 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4920 `cperl-brace-offset'
4921 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4922 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4923 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4924 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4925 `cperl-label-offset'
4926 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4927 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4928 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4930 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4931 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4932 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4933 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4934 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4935 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4937 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4938 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4939 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4940 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4942 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4943 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4944 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4945 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4946 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4947 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4948 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4950 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4951 column 0 is indented on
4952 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4954 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4955 with no args.
4957 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4958 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4959 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4963 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4964 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4966 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4968 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4969 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4971 \(fn)" t nil)
4973 ;;;***
4975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4976 ;;;;;; 0))
4977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4979 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4980 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4981 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4982 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4983 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4987 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4988 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4992 ;;;***
4994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4995 ;;;;;; 0))
4996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4998 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4999 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5000 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5001 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5004 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5006 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5008 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5009 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5011 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5012 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5016 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5018 ;;;***
5020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 431149
5021 ;;;;;; 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5024 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5025 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5026 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5027 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5028 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5029 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5030 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5031 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5033 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5034 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5036 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5037 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5038 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5040 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5041 with empty strings removed.
5043 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5045 ;;;***
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5048 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5051 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5052 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5054 \(fn)" t nil)
5056 ;;;***
5058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5059 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5062 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5063 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5064 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5067 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5069 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5071 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5072 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5074 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5075 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5077 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5078 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5079 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5080 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5081 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5082 normal function of these prefix keys.
5084 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5085 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5086 options:
5087 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5088 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5089 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5091 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5092 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5093 the prefix fallback behavior.
5095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5097 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5098 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21501 26335
5105 ;;;;;; 264462 0))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5108 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5109 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5110 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5114 ;;;***
5116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21567 27231 41069
5117 ;;;;;; 0))
5118 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5120 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5121 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5125 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5126 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5130 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5131 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5133 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5135 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5136 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5138 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5139 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5141 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5142 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5144 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5146 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5149 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5150 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5152 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5153 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5155 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5156 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5158 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5159 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5161 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5163 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5165 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5166 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5167 Return VALUE.
5169 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5170 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5172 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5173 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5176 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5178 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5180 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5182 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5183 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5184 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5185 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5187 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5188 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5189 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5191 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5193 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5194 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5195 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5196 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5197 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5201 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5202 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5203 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5204 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5206 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5208 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5209 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5210 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5212 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5214 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5215 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5217 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5219 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5221 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5224 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5226 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5228 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5230 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5232 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5234 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5235 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5236 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5237 as part of Emacs itself.
5239 Each elements looks like this:
5241 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5243 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5244 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5245 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5246 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5247 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5248 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5249 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5250 and `defface'.
5252 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5254 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5255 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5256 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5257 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5258 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5260 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5261 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5262 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5263 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5265 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5267 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5269 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5270 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5271 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5272 release.
5274 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5275 that were added or redefined since that version.
5277 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5281 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5282 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5284 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5286 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5287 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5289 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5292 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5293 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5296 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5298 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5300 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5303 \(fn)" t nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5306 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5308 \(fn)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize all saved options and faces.
5313 \(fn)" t nil)
5315 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5316 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5317 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5318 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5319 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5320 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5322 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5323 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5324 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5326 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5328 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5329 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5331 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5333 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5334 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5336 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5338 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5339 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5341 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5343 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5344 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5345 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5346 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5347 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5348 that option.
5349 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5351 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5353 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5354 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5355 The result includes selecting that window.
5356 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5357 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5358 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5359 that option.
5361 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5363 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5364 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5366 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5368 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5369 File used for storing customization information.
5370 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5371 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5372 it should be an absolute file name.
5374 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5375 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5376 something like the following in your init file:
5378 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5379 \(load custom-file)
5381 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5382 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5384 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5385 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5386 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5387 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5388 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5390 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5391 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5392 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5393 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5394 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5395 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5396 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5397 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5398 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5399 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5401 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5403 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5404 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5406 \(fn)" nil nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5409 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5411 \(fn)" t nil)
5413 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5414 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5415 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5417 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5419 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5420 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5421 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5422 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5423 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5425 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5427 ;;;***
5429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 431149
5430 ;;;;;; 0))
5431 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5433 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5434 Create or edit a custom theme.
5435 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5436 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5437 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5438 from the Custom save file.
5439 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5440 named *Custom Theme*.
5442 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5445 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5447 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5449 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5450 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5452 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5454 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5455 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5456 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5457 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5461 ;;;***
5463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5464 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5467 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5468 Mode used for cvs status output.
5470 \(fn)" t nil)
5472 ;;;***
5474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 431149
5475 ;;;;;; 0))
5476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5477 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5479 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5480 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5482 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5484 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5485 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5486 C++ modes are included.
5488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5489 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5490 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5494 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5496 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5497 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5498 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5501 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5503 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5505 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5506 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5507 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5508 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5509 ARG is omitted or nil.
5511 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5512 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5513 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5517 ;;;***
5519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5520 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5523 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5524 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5526 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5528 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5529 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5531 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5533 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5534 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5535 For readability, the table is slightly
5536 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5538 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5539 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5540 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5541 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5542 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5544 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 431149
5549 ;;;;;; 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5551 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5552 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5553 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5554 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5556 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5557 Completion on current word.
5558 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5559 and presents suggestions for completion.
5561 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5562 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5563 completions.
5565 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5566 then it searches *all* buffers.
5568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5570 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5571 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5573 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5574 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5575 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5576 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5577 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5579 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5580 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5582 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5583 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5584 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5586 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5587 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5589 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5593 ;;;***
5595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5596 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5599 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5600 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5602 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5604 ;;;***
5606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21405 56335 157417 0))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5609 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5610 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5611 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5612 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5613 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5615 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5617 ;;;***
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5620 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5623 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5624 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5626 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5627 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5630 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5631 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5632 Data lines are not indented.
5634 Key bindings:
5636 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5637 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5639 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5640 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5641 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5642 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5644 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5646 dcl-basic-offset
5647 Extra indentation within blocks.
5649 dcl-continuation-offset
5650 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5652 dcl-margin-offset
5653 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5655 dcl-margin-label-offset
5656 Indentation for a label.
5658 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5659 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5661 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5662 dcl-block-end-regexp
5663 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5664 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5665 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5666 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5667 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5670 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5671 Two such functions are included in the package:
5672 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5673 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5675 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5677 One such function is included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5680 dcl-tab-always-indent
5681 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5682 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5683 margin.
5685 dcl-electric-characters
5686 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5687 typed.
5689 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5690 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5691 which words trigger electric indentation.
5693 dcl-tempo-comma
5694 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5695 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5696 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5698 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5699 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5700 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5701 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5703 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5704 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5705 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5706 dcl-imenu-label-call
5707 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5709 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5710 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5712 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5715 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5717 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5718 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5719 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5720 $ i = 1
5721 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5722 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5723 $ label:
5724 $ if i.eq.1
5725 $ then
5726 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5727 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5728 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5729 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5730 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5731 \"lined up with the command line\"
5732 $ type sys$input
5733 Data lines are not indented at all.
5734 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5735 $ endif
5739 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5740 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5742 \(fn)" t nil)
5744 ;;;***
5746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5747 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5750 (setq debugger 'debug)
5752 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5753 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5754 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5755 of the evaluator.
5757 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5758 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5759 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5763 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5764 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5766 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5768 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5769 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5770 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5771 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5772 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5773 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5775 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5776 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5780 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5781 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5782 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5783 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5784 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5786 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5788 ;;;***
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5791 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5794 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5795 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5797 \(fn)" t nil)
5799 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5800 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5801 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5802 Upper-case letters are commands.
5804 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5805 modify it.
5807 The most useful commands are:
5808 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5809 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5810 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5811 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5812 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5813 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5817 ;;;***
5819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 431149
5820 ;;;;;; 0))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5822 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5825 Customization of `columns' group.
5827 \(fn)" t nil)
5829 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5830 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5832 START and END delimits the text region.
5834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5836 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5837 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5839 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5843 ;;;***
5845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21410 64156 350465 0))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5848 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5850 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5851 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5852 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5855 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5857 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5859 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5860 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5862 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5863 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5865 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5866 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5867 point regardless of any selection.
5869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5871 ;;;***
5873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5874 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5877 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5878 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5880 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5882 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5883 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5884 or nil if there is no parent.
5885 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5886 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5887 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5888 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5889 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5891 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5892 arguments are currently understood:
5893 :group GROUP
5894 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5895 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5896 :syntax-table TABLE
5897 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5898 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5899 :abbrev-table TABLE
5900 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5901 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5903 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5905 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5907 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5908 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5909 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5911 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5912 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5914 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5915 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5916 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5918 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5919 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5921 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5922 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5924 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5926 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5928 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5930 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5931 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5932 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5933 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5934 the first time the mode is used.
5936 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5938 ;;;***
5940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 431149
5941 ;;;;;; 0))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5944 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5945 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5946 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5947 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5948 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5949 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5950 otherwise.
5952 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5954 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5955 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5956 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5957 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5959 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5960 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5961 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5963 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5964 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5965 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5966 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5967 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5968 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5969 relevant to POS.
5971 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5973 ;;;***
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21522 31638 598764
5976 ;;;;;; 0))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5979 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5980 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5981 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5984 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5986 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5988 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5989 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5990 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5991 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5992 is omitted or nil.
5994 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5995 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5996 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5997 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5999 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6000 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6002 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6003 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6005 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6007 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6011 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6012 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6013 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6014 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6018 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6019 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6021 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6022 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6023 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6025 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6026 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6028 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6029 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6030 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6032 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6033 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6034 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6035 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6037 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6039 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6040 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6042 Handlers are called with argument list
6044 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6046 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6048 `desktop-file-version'
6049 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6050 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6051 `desktop-buffer-point'
6052 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6053 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6054 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6056 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6057 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6059 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6060 code like
6062 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6064 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6065 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6067 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6069 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6071 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6072 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6073 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6074 List elements must have the form
6076 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6078 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6079 function.
6081 Handlers are called with argument list
6083 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6085 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6087 `desktop-file-version'
6088 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6089 `desktop-buffer-name'
6090 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6091 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6092 `desktop-buffer-point'
6093 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6094 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6095 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6097 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6098 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6099 created and set.
6101 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6102 code like
6104 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6106 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6107 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6109 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6111 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6113 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6115 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6116 Empty the Desktop.
6117 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6118 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6119 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6120 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6121 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6122 if different).
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6127 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6128 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6129 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6130 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6131 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6132 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6134 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6137 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6138 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6140 \(fn)" t nil)
6142 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6143 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6144 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6145 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6146 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6147 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6148 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6149 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6151 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6153 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6154 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6155 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6157 \(fn)" nil nil)
6159 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6161 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6162 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6163 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6164 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6165 directory DIRNAME.
6167 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6169 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6170 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6172 \(fn)" t nil)
6174 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6175 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6179 ;;;***
6181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6182 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6185 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6186 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6187 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6188 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6189 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6190 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6192 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6195 Repair a broken attribution line.
6196 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6198 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6200 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6201 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6202 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6203 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6205 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6207 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6208 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6210 \(fn)" t nil)
6212 ;;;***
6214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21522
6215 ;;;;;; 31638 598764 0))
6216 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6218 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6219 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6220 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6221 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6222 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6227 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6228 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6229 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6231 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6232 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6233 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6234 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6236 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6237 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6239 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6240 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6241 calendar-date-style 'european
6242 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6244 \(diary-mail-entries)
6246 # diary-rem.el ends here
6248 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6251 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6255 ;;;***
6257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6260 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6261 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6263 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6265 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6266 The command to use to run diff.")
6268 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6270 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6271 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6272 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6273 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6274 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6275 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6277 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6278 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6279 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6281 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6284 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6285 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6286 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6287 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6288 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6290 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6292 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6293 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6295 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6297 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6298 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6299 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6303 ;;;***
6305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6306 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6309 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6310 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6311 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6312 normal diffs.
6314 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6315 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6316 headers for you on-the-fly.
6318 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6319 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6320 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6322 \\{diff-mode-map}
6324 \(fn)" t nil)
6326 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6327 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6330 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6332 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6336 ;;;***
6338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6341 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6342 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6343 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6345 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6347 ;;;***
6349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 38823 243032 890000))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6352 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6353 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6354 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6355 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6356 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6357 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6358 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6359 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6361 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6363 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6364 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6365 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6366 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6367 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6368 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6370 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6371 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6372 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6373 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6374 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6375 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6376 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6377 list of files to make directory entries for.
6378 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6379 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6380 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6382 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6384 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6385 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6387 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6388 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6390 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6391 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6393 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6394 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6396 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6399 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6401 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6403 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6404 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6405 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6406 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6407 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6408 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6409 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6410 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6411 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6412 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6413 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6414 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6415 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6416 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6417 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6418 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6419 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6420 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6421 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6422 to see why something went wrong.
6423 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6424 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6425 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6426 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6427 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6428 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6429 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6431 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6432 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6433 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6434 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6435 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6437 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6438 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6439 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6440 again for the directory tree.
6442 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6443 for more info):
6445 `dired-listing-switches'
6446 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6447 `dired-marker-char'
6448 `dired-del-marker'
6449 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6454 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6456 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6457 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6458 `dired-mode-hook'
6459 `dired-load-hook'
6461 Keybindings:
6462 \\{dired-mode-map}
6464 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6465 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6467 ;;;***
6469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 431149
6470 ;;;;;; 0))
6471 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6473 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6474 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6479 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6480 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6481 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6483 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6484 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6485 directory.
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6490 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6491 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6492 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6493 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6494 from `default-directory'.
6496 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6498 ;;;***
6500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6501 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6504 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6505 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6506 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6507 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6508 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6509 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6511 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6513 ;;;***
6515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 431149
6516 ;;;;;; 0))
6517 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6519 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6520 Return a new, empty display table.
6522 \(fn)" nil nil)
6524 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6525 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6526 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6527 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6528 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6530 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6532 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6533 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6534 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6535 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6536 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6538 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6540 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6541 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6543 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6545 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6546 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6548 \(fn)" t nil)
6550 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6551 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6553 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6554 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6556 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6557 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6558 byte.
6560 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6561 in the default way after this call.
6563 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6565 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6566 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6568 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6570 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6571 Display character C using printable string S.
6573 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6576 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6577 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6578 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6580 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6582 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6583 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6584 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6585 X frame.
6587 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6589 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6590 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6592 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6595 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6597 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6599 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6600 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6602 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6605 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6607 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6609 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6612 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6614 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6615 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6617 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6618 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6620 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6621 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6623 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6624 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6625 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6626 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6628 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6629 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6630 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6631 in `.emacs'.
6633 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6635 ;;;***
6637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6638 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6641 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6642 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6643 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6644 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6645 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6646 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6647 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6648 Default is 2.
6650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6652 ;;;***
6654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6657 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6658 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6659 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6660 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6661 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6662 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6663 private or ask).
6664 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6665 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6666 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6667 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6668 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6670 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6672 ;;;***
6674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6675 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6678 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6679 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6680 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6681 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6682 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6683 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6684 table and its own syntax table.
6686 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6688 \(fn)" t nil)
6689 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6691 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6692 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21462 6563 648736
6699 ;;;;;; 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6702 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6703 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6704 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6705 OpenDocument format).
6707 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6709 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6710 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6712 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6713 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6715 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6716 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6717 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6719 \(fn)" t nil)
6721 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6722 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6723 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6724 to the next best mode.
6726 \(fn)" nil nil)
6728 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6729 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6734 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6738 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6741 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6743 ;;;***
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 431149
6746 ;;;;;; 0))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6749 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6750 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6752 \(fn)" t nil)
6754 ;;;***
6756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6759 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6760 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6763 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6765 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6766 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6770 ;;;***
6772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
6773 ;;;;;; 0))
6774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6775 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6777 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6778 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6785 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6788 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6790 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6791 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6792 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6793 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6794 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6796 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6797 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6798 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6799 and disables it otherwise.
6801 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6802 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6803 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6804 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6806 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6807 documenting what its argument does.
6809 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6810 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6811 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6812 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6813 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6814 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6815 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6816 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6818 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6819 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6820 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6821 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6822 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6823 mode is global):
6825 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6826 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6827 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6828 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6829 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6830 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6831 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6832 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6833 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6834 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6835 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6836 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6837 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6838 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6839 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6840 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6841 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6842 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6843 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6844 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6845 in :variable).
6847 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6848 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6850 For example, you could write
6851 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6852 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6853 ...BODY CODE...)
6855 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6857 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6859 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6861 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6863 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6864 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6865 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6866 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6867 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6868 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6869 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6870 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6871 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6872 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6873 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6874 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6876 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6877 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6878 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6879 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6880 call another major mode in their body.
6882 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6883 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6884 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6886 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6888 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6890 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6891 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6892 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6893 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6894 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6895 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6896 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6898 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6900 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6901 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6902 :inherit Parent keymap.
6903 :group Ignored.
6904 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6905 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6907 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6909 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6910 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6911 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6912 the constant's documentation.
6914 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6916 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6917 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6918 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6920 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6922 ;;;***
6924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6925 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6928 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6929 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6930 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6931 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6933 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6934 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6935 as a top-level menu bar item.
6937 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6938 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6939 pairs:
6941 :filter FUNCTION
6942 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6943 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6944 items to actually display.
6946 :visible INCLUDE
6947 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6948 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6949 alias for `:visible'.
6951 :active ENABLE
6952 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6953 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6954 an alias for `:active'.
6956 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6957 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6959 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6961 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6963 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6964 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6966 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6967 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6969 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6971 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6973 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6974 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6976 :keys KEYS
6977 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6978 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6979 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6980 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6982 :key-sequence KEYS
6983 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6984 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6985 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6986 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6988 :active ENABLE
6989 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6990 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6991 alias for `:active'.
6993 :visible INCLUDE
6994 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6995 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6996 `:visible'.
6998 :label FORM
6999 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7000 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7002 :suffix FORM
7003 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7004 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7006 :style STYLE
7007 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7008 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7009 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7011 :selected SELECTED
7012 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7013 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7015 :help HELP
7016 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7018 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7019 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7020 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7022 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7023 MENU. This is a submenu.
7025 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7027 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7029 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7032 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7034 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7035 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7036 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7037 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7039 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7041 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7042 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7043 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7044 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7045 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7046 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7048 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7049 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7050 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7052 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7053 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7054 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7056 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7057 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7059 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7061 ;;;***
7063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7064 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7066 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7068 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7069 Customization for ebnf group.
7071 \(fn)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7076 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7078 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7079 processed.
7081 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7083 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7088 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7089 killed after process termination.
7091 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7093 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7098 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7099 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7100 it to the printer.
7102 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7103 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7104 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7105 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7107 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7111 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7113 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7121 processed.
7123 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after process termination.
7133 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7139 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7140 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7142 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7148 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7150 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7157 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7159 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7160 processed.
7162 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7164 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7166 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7167 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7169 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7170 killed after EPS generation.
7172 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7174 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7179 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7180 The EPS file name has the following form:
7182 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7184 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7185 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7187 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7188 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7189 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7190 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7191 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7193 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7194 files.
7196 \(fn)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7201 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7202 The EPS file name has the following form:
7204 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7206 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7207 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7209 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7210 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7211 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7212 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7213 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7215 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7216 files.
7218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7220 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7225 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7227 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7228 are processed.
7230 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7232 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7237 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7238 killed after syntax checking.
7240 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7242 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7247 \(fn)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7257 \(fn)" nil nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7262 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7264 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7271 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Delete style NAME.
7276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7278 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7283 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7285 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Set STYLE as the current style.
7290 Returns the old style symbol.
7292 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7294 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Reset current style.
7299 Returns the old style symbol.
7301 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7308 Returns the old style symbol.
7310 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7312 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7314 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7316 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7317 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7319 Returns the old style symbol.
7321 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7323 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7327 ;;;***
7329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7330 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7334 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7335 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7336 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7337 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7338 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7340 Tree mode key bindings:
7341 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7346 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7351 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7353 \(fn)" t nil)
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7356 View declaration of member at point.
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7361 Find declaration of member at point.
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7366 View definition of member at point.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7371 Find definition of member at point.
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7376 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7381 View definition of member at point in other window.
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7386 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7391 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7396 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7401 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7406 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7407 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7408 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7409 completion.
7411 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7414 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7415 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7416 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7418 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7421 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7422 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7423 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7425 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7428 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7429 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7434 Search for call sites of a member.
7435 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7436 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7437 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7438 looks like a function call to the member.
7440 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7443 Move backward in the position stack.
7444 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7449 Move forward in the position stack.
7450 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7452 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7455 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7460 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7465 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7466 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7467 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7469 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7472 Display statistics for a class tree.
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 ;;;***
7478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
7479 ;;;;;; 0))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7482 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7483 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7484 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7485 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7486 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7487 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7488 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7490 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7492 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7493 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7494 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7495 also has this effect.
7496 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7497 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7498 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7504 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7509 ;;;***
7511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
7512 ;;;;;; 0))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7515 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7516 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7517 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7519 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7521 ;;;***
7523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7524 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7527 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7530 \(fn)" nil nil)
7532 ;;;***
7534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7536 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7538 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7539 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7540 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7543 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7545 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7547 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7548 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7553 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7554 an EDE controlled project.
7556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7558 ;;;***
7560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21432 23023
7561 ;;;;;; 204760 0))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7564 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7565 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7566 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7567 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7568 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7570 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7571 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7572 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7573 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7575 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7577 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7578 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7579 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7580 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7582 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7584 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7585 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7586 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7587 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7589 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7591 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7593 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7594 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7595 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7596 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7597 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7599 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7600 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7601 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7602 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7603 instrumented for Edebug.
7605 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7606 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7607 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7608 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7609 already is one.)
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7613 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7614 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7616 \(fn)" t nil)
7618 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7619 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7623 ;;;***
7625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21423 31043 342896 583000))
7626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7627 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7629 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7632 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7634 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7635 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7637 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7639 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7641 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7643 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7644 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7645 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7646 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7648 \(fn)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7652 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7653 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7655 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7660 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7662 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7664 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7665 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7667 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7669 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7671 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7672 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7673 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7674 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7676 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7678 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7680 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7681 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7682 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7683 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7685 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7687 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7689 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7690 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7691 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7692 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7694 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7696 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7698 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7700 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7701 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7703 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7705 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7707 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7708 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7709 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7710 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7711 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7712 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7714 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7716 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7717 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7718 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7719 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7721 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7723 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7726 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7727 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7728 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7730 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7732 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7734 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7737 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7738 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7739 follows:
7740 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7741 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7743 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7745 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7746 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7747 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7748 follows:
7749 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7750 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7752 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7754 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7756 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7757 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7758 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7760 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7762 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7763 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7764 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7765 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7766 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7767 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7769 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7771 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7774 Merge two files without ancestor.
7776 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7779 Merge two files with ancestor.
7781 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7783 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7785 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7786 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7788 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7791 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7793 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7797 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7798 buffer.
7800 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7804 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7805 buffer.
7807 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7810 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7811 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7812 and don't ask the user.
7813 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7814 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7816 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7818 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7819 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7820 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7821 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7822 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7823 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7824 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7825 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7827 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7829 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7831 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7834 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7835 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7836 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7837 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7839 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7841 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7844 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7845 When called interactively, displays the version.
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7849 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7850 Display Ediff's manual.
7851 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7853 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7855 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7858 \(fn)" nil nil)
7860 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7863 \(fn)" nil nil)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7868 \(fn)" nil nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7873 \(fn)" nil nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7878 \(fn)" nil nil)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7883 \(fn)" nil nil)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7888 \(fn)" nil nil)
7890 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7893 \(fn)" nil nil)
7895 ;;;***
7897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7898 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7899 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7901 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7904 \(fn)" t nil)
7906 ;;;***
7908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21423 31069
7909 ;;;;;; 474237 381000))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7912 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7913 Display Ediff's registry.
7915 \(fn)" t nil)
7917 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7919 ;;;***
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7922 ;;;;;; 977368 0))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7925 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7926 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7927 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7928 which see.
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7933 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7934 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7935 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7937 \(fn)" t nil)
7939 ;;;***
7941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149
7942 ;;;;;; 0))
7943 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7944 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7946 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7947 Edit a keyboard macro.
7948 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7949 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7950 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7951 its command name.
7952 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7954 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7957 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7959 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7962 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7964 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7966 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7967 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7968 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7969 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7970 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7971 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7973 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7974 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7975 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7976 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7978 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7980 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7981 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7982 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7983 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7984 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7985 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7987 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7989 ;;;***
7991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 431149
7992 ;;;;;; 0))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7995 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7996 Set scroll margins.
7997 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7998 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8000 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8003 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21423 31105 645324 612000))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8012 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8013 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8014 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8015 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8016 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8017 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8018 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8020 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8021 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8023 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8024 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8025 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8026 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8028 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8029 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8030 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8032 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8033 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8034 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8036 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8038 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8041 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8043 ;;;***
8045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21365 34831
8046 ;;;;;; 786505 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8048 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8050 ;;;***
8052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8053 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8055 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8057 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8058 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8059 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8060 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8061 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8062 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8063 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8065 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8067 ;;;***
8069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8070 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8073 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8074 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8076 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8078 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8079 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8081 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8082 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8084 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8085 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8086 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8087 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8088 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8089 expression point is on.
8091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8093 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8095 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8096 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8097 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8098 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8099 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8100 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8101 arg list.
8103 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8104 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8105 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8106 effect.
8108 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8109 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8111 ;;;***
8113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 988149
8114 ;;;;;; 0))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8117 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8118 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8120 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8121 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8122 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8124 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8126 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8127 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8128 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8131 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8133 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8135 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8136 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8141 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8142 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8143 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8147 ;;;***
8149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 431149
8150 ;;;;;; 0))
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8153 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8154 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8156 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8157 an elided material again.
8159 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8163 ;;;***
8165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8166 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8169 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8170 Lint the file FILE.
8172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8175 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8176 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8178 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8180 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8181 Lint the current buffer.
8182 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8184 \(fn)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8187 Lint the function at point.
8188 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8192 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8193 Initialize elint.
8194 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8195 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8197 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8199 ;;;***
8201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 431149
8202 ;;;;;; 0))
8203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8205 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8206 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8207 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8209 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8212 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8213 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8214 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8216 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8219 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8220 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8222 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8224 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8226 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8227 Display current profiling results.
8228 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8229 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8230 displayed.
8232 \(fn)" t nil)
8234 ;;;***
8236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
8237 ;;;;;; 0))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8240 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8241 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8242 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8243 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8244 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8245 ARG is omitted or nil.
8247 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8248 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8249 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8250 used instead.
8252 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8254 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8255 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8256 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8258 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262 ;;;***
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 571176
8265 ;;;;;; 0))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8268 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8269 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8270 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8272 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 5094 196397
8277 ;;;;;; 745000))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8280 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8281 Run Emerge on two files.
8283 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8286 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8288 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8291 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8293 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8296 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8298 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8303 \(fn)" nil nil)
8305 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8308 \(fn)" nil nil)
8310 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8313 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8315 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8318 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8320 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8321 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8323 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8325 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8326 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8328 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8330 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8333 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8335 ;;;***
8337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8338 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8341 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8342 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8343 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8344 text/enriched format.
8346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8347 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8348 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8350 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8352 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8353 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8355 Commands:
8357 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8364 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8366 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8369 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8371 ;;;***
8373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8374 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8376 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8377 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8379 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8381 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8382 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8384 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8387 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8388 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8389 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8390 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8391 the keys are listed.
8392 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8394 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8396 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8397 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8398 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8400 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8403 Verify FILE.
8405 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8408 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8410 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8413 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8415 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8418 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8420 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8421 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8422 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8423 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8425 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8426 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8427 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8428 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8429 should consider using the string based counterpart
8430 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8431 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8433 For example:
8435 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8436 (decode-coding-string
8437 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8438 'utf-8))
8440 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8443 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8445 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8446 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8450 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8451 Verify the current region between START and END.
8453 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8454 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8455 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8456 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8457 should consider using the string based counterpart
8458 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8459 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8461 For example:
8463 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8464 (decode-coding-string
8465 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8466 'utf-8))
8468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8470 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8471 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8472 between START and END.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8480 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8482 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8483 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8484 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8485 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8486 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8487 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8489 For example:
8491 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8492 (epg-sign-string
8493 context
8494 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8496 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8499 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8501 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8502 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8503 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8504 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8505 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8506 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8508 For example:
8510 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8511 (epg-encrypt-string
8512 context
8513 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8514 nil))
8516 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8519 Delete selected KEYS.
8521 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8524 Import keys from FILE.
8526 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8528 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8529 Import keys from the region.
8531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8534 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8535 between START and END.
8537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8540 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8542 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8545 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8547 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8549 ;;;***
8551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
8552 ;;;;;; 0))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8555 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8556 Decrypt marked files.
8558 \(fn)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8561 Verify marked files.
8563 \(fn)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8566 Sign marked files.
8568 \(fn)" t nil)
8570 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8571 Encrypt marked files.
8573 \(fn)" t nil)
8575 ;;;***
8577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
8578 ;;;;;; 0))
8579 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8581 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8584 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8586 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8589 \(fn)" t nil)
8591 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8596 ;;;***
8598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 431149
8599 ;;;;;; 0))
8600 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8602 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8603 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8605 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8606 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8611 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8612 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8614 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616 \(fn)" t nil)
8618 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8619 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8620 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8622 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 \(fn)" t nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8627 Sign the current buffer.
8628 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8630 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8632 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8635 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8636 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8637 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8638 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8639 and also whether and how to sign.
8641 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8642 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8643 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8645 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8647 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8650 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8651 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8653 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655 \(fn)" t nil)
8657 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8658 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8659 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8662 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8664 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8667 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8669 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8670 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8674 ;;;***
8676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8677 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8678 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8680 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8681 Return a context object.
8683 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8685 ;;;***
8687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 431149
8688 ;;;;;; 0))
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8691 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8692 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8694 \(fn)" nil nil)
8696 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8697 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8699 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8701 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8702 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8704 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8706 ;;;***
8708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8710 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8712 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8713 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8715 \(fn)" nil nil)
8717 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8718 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8719 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8721 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8723 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8724 (server (erc-compute-server))
8725 (port (erc-compute-port))
8726 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8727 password
8728 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8730 That is, if called with
8732 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8734 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8735 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8736 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8738 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8740 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8742 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8743 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8744 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8746 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8749 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8750 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8751 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8753 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8755 ;;;***
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8758 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8760 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8762 ;;;***
8764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8765 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8767 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8769 ;;;***
8771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8772 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8776 ;;;***
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8779 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8783 ;;;***
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
8786 ;;;;;; 0))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8790 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8791 Parser for /dcc command.
8792 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8793 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8794 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8796 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8798 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8799 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8801 \(fn)" nil nil)
8803 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8804 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8806 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8807 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8808 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8809 that subcommand.
8811 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8813 ;;;***
8815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8818 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8820 ;;;***
8822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8823 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8826 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8829 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8833 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8834 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8836 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8841 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8844 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8846 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8848 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8849 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8851 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8853 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8854 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8856 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8859 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8861 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8863 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8864 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8866 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8868 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8869 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8871 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8873 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8874 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8876 \(fn)" nil nil)
8878 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8879 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8881 \(fn)" nil nil)
8883 ;;;***
8885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 431149
8886 ;;;;;; 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8888 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8890 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8891 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8892 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8894 \(fn)" nil nil)
8896 ;;;***
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8899 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8903 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8904 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8905 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8906 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8907 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8908 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8909 system.
8911 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8913 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8916 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8918 ;;;***
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8921 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8927 \(fn)" nil nil)
8929 ;;;***
8931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 431149
8932 ;;;;;; 0))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8934 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8936 ;;;***
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 832220
8939 ;;;;;; 0))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8943 ;;;***
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
8946 ;;;;;; 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8948 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8950 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8951 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8952 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8953 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8954 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8955 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8959 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8960 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8961 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8962 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8964 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8965 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8966 automatically.
8968 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8969 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8971 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8973 ;;;***
8975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8976 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8978 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8980 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8981 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8983 \(fn)" t nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8986 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8988 \(fn)" t nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8991 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8993 \(fn)" t nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8996 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8998 \(fn)" t nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9001 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9003 \(fn)" t nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9006 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9008 \(fn)" t nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9011 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9013 \(fn)" t nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9016 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9018 \(fn)" t nil)
9020 ;;;***
9022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
9023 ;;;;;; 0))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9027 ;;;***
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9030 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9034 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9035 Show who's gone.
9037 \(fn)" nil nil)
9039 ;;;***
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9042 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9045 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9046 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9047 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9048 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9050 \(fn)" nil nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9053 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9060 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9065 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9066 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9067 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9069 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9071 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9074 \(fn)" nil nil)
9076 ;;;***
9078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 431149
9079 ;;;;;; 0))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9083 ;;;***
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9086 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9090 ;;;***
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9093 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9097 ;;;***
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
9100 ;;;;;; 0))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9102 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9104 ;;;***
9106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9107 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9108 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9109 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9111 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9112 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9114 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9116 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9117 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9118 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9120 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9122 ;;;***
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9125 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9129 ;;;***
9131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9132 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9135 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9136 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9137 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9141 ;;;***
9143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9144 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9146 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9148 ;;;***
9150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9151 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9153 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9155 ;;;***
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21546 52205
9158 ;;;;;; 704969 0))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9161 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9162 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9163 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9165 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9167 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9168 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9173 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9174 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9175 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9176 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9179 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9181 ;;;***
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9184 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9186 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9188 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9189 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9190 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9191 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9193 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9195 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9196 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9197 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9199 \(fn)" t nil)
9201 ;;;***
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9204 ;;;;;; 0))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9206 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9208 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9209 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9211 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9213 ;;;***
9215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 431149
9216 ;;;;;; 0))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9219 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9220 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9222 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9223 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9225 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9226 useful for assertions in BODY.
9228 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9230 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9231 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9232 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9234 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9236 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9238 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9240 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9241 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9243 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9244 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9245 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9246 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9248 Returns the stats object.
9250 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9252 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9253 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9255 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9256 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9257 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9258 the tests).
9260 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9262 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9263 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9265 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9266 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9267 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9268 and how to display message.
9270 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9272 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9274 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9275 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9277 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9279 ;;;***
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9282 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9285 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9287 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9288 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9292 ;;;***
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9295 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9298 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9299 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9301 \(fn)" t nil)
9303 ;;;***
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 431149
9306 ;;;;;; 0))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9308 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9310 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9311 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9312 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9313 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9314 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9315 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9316 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9317 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9318 buffer selected (or created).
9320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9323 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9324 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9326 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9328 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9329 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9330 The result might be any Lisp object.
9331 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9332 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9333 corresponding to a successful execution.
9335 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9337 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9339 ;;;***
9341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 431149
9342 ;;;;;; 0))
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9345 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9346 File name of tags table.
9347 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9348 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9349 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9350 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9351 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9353 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9354 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9355 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9356 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9358 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9360 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9361 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9362 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9363 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9364 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9365 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9367 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9369 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9370 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9371 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9373 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9375 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9376 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9377 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9378 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9379 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9381 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9383 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9384 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9385 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9386 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9388 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9390 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9391 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9392 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9393 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9394 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9396 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9398 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9399 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9401 \(fn)" t nil)
9403 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9404 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9405 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9406 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9408 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9409 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9410 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9411 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9412 file the tag was in.
9414 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9416 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9417 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9418 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9419 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9420 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9421 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9422 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9423 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9424 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9426 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9428 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9429 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9430 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9431 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9432 without directory names.
9434 \(fn)" nil nil)
9435 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9436 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9437 (progn
9438 (load "etags")
9439 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9441 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9442 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9443 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9444 but does not select the buffer.
9445 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9447 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9448 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9449 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9450 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9451 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9453 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9455 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9456 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9457 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9459 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9461 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9463 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9464 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9465 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9466 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9468 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9469 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9470 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9471 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9472 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9474 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9476 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9477 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9478 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9480 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9482 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9483 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9485 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9486 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9487 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9488 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9489 around or before point.
9491 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9492 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9493 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9494 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9495 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9497 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9499 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9500 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9501 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9503 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9505 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9506 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9508 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9509 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9510 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9511 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9512 around or before point.
9514 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9515 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9516 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9517 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9518 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9520 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9522 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9523 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9524 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9526 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9528 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9529 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9531 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9532 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9533 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9535 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9536 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9537 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9538 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9539 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9541 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9543 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9544 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9545 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9547 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9549 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9550 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9551 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9553 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9554 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9556 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9557 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9558 where they were found.
9560 \(fn)" t nil)
9562 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9563 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9565 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9566 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9567 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9569 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9570 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9572 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9573 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9575 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9578 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9579 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9580 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9582 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9583 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9584 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9585 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9586 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9588 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9589 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9591 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9592 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9593 Stops when a match is found.
9594 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9596 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9597 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9598 restricted to these files.
9600 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9602 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9604 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9605 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9606 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9607 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9608 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9609 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9610 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9611 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9613 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9614 produce the list of files to search.
9616 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9618 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9620 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9621 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9622 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9623 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9624 directory specification.
9626 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9629 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9631 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9633 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9634 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9635 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9636 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9638 \(fn)" t nil)
9640 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9641 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9642 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9643 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9644 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9646 \(fn)" t nil)
9648 ;;;***
9650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9651 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9654 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9657 \(fn)" nil nil)
9659 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9662 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9663 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9665 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9666 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9667 primary language.
9669 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9670 even if the buffer is read-only.
9672 See also the descriptions of the variables
9673 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9675 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9677 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9678 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9680 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9681 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9683 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9684 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9685 primary language.
9687 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9688 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9690 See also the descriptions of the variables
9691 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9693 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9695 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9696 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9697 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9698 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9700 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9703 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9704 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9705 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9707 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9708 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9709 primary language.
9711 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9712 buffer is read-only.
9714 See also the descriptions of the variables
9715 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9716 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9718 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9721 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9723 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9724 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9726 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9727 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9728 the primary language.
9730 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9731 buffer is read-only.
9733 See also the descriptions of the variables
9734 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9735 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9737 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9741 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9743 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9745 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9746 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9748 \(fn)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9751 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9753 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9754 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9755 be 1, 2, or 3.
9757 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9758 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9759 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9761 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9763 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9766 This function is deprecated.
9768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9771 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9773 \(fn)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9776 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9778 \(fn)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9781 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9783 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9784 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9786 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9787 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9794 \(fn)" nil nil)
9796 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9797 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9799 \(fn)" nil nil)
9801 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9802 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9804 \(fn)" nil nil)
9806 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9807 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9808 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9812 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9815 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9817 ;;;***
9819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9822 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9823 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9824 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9825 server for future sessions.
9827 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9830 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9831 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9833 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9836 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9837 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9839 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9841 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9842 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9843 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9844 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9845 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9846 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9847 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9848 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9849 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9850 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9851 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9852 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9854 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9856 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9857 Display a form to query the directory server.
9858 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9859 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9861 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9864 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9865 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9869 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9871 ;;;***
9873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 431149
9874 ;;;;;; 0))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9877 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9878 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9880 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9882 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9883 Display URL and make it clickable.
9885 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9887 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9888 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9890 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9892 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9893 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9895 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9897 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9898 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9900 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9902 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9903 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9907 ;;;***
9909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9910 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9913 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9914 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9915 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9917 \(fn)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9920 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9922 \(fn)" t nil)
9924 ;;;***
9926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9927 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9930 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9931 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9935 ;;;***
9937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9938 ;;;;;; 0))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9941 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9942 Create an empty ewoc.
9944 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9946 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9947 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9948 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9949 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9950 `insert-before-markers'.
9952 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9953 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9954 respectively, of the ewoc.
9956 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9957 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9958 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9960 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9962 ;;;***
9964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21420 54160 358217 0))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9967 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9968 Fetch URL and render the page.
9969 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9970 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9972 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9973 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9975 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9976 Render a file using EWW.
9978 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9980 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9983 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9985 ;;;***
9987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9988 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9991 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9992 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9993 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9995 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9998 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9999 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10000 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10001 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10003 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10005 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10006 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10007 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10008 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10009 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10010 executable.
10012 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10014 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10015 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10016 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10018 \(fn)" t nil)
10020 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10021 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10022 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10023 file modes.
10025 \(fn)" nil nil)
10027 ;;;***
10029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10032 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10033 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10034 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10035 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10037 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10039 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10040 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10041 to generate such functions.
10043 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10044 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10045 beginning of the expanded text.
10047 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10048 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10049 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10050 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10052 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10054 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10056 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10057 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10058 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10060 \(fn)" nil nil)
10062 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10063 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10064 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10066 \(fn)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10069 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10070 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10072 \(fn)" t nil)
10073 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10074 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10076 ;;;***
10078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21423 29466 406582
10079 ;;;;;; 886000))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10082 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10083 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10084 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10086 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10087 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10088 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10090 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10092 Key definitions:
10093 \\{f90-mode-map}
10095 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10097 `f90-do-indent'
10098 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10099 `f90-if-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10101 `f90-type-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10103 `f90-program-indent'
10104 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10105 (default 2).
10106 `f90-associate-indent'
10107 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10108 `f90-critical-indent'
10109 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10110 `f90-continuation-indent'
10111 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10112 `f90-comment-region'
10113 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10114 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10115 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10116 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10117 (default \"!\").
10118 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10119 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10120 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10121 `f90-break-delimiters'
10122 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10123 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10124 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10125 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10126 (default t).
10127 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10128 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10129 `f90-smart-end'
10130 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10131 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10132 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10133 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10134 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10135 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10136 `f90-leave-line-no'
10137 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10139 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10140 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10142 \(fn)" t nil)
10144 ;;;***
10146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 431149
10147 ;;;;;; 0))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10150 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10151 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10152 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10153 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10155 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10156 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10157 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10158 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10159 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10161 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10162 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10163 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10164 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10165 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10166 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10167 attributes.
10169 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10170 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10172 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10175 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10176 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10177 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10179 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10181 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10182 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10183 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10184 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10186 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10187 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10188 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10190 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10191 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10192 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10193 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10195 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10197 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10198 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10199 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10201 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10202 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10203 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10204 the same amount).
10206 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10208 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10209 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10210 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10212 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10213 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10214 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10215 will remove any scaling currently active.
10217 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10219 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10220 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10221 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10223 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10225 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10226 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10227 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10229 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10230 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10232 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10234 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10235 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10237 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10238 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10239 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10241 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10242 the face height as long as the input event read
10243 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10245 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10246 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10247 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10248 will remove any scaling currently active.
10250 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10251 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10252 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10253 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10254 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10256 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10258 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10259 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10261 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10262 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10263 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10267 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10268 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10269 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10270 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10271 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10272 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10273 `buffer-face-mode'.
10275 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10276 local, and sets it to FACE.
10278 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10280 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10281 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10282 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10283 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10284 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10285 `face' text property.
10287 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10288 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10289 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10290 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10292 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10293 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10295 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10298 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10299 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10300 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10304 ;;;***
10306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10307 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10309 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10311 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10312 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10313 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10314 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10316 \(fn)" nil nil)
10318 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10319 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10323 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10324 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10325 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10326 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10330 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10331 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10332 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10333 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10334 backup file names and the like).
10336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10338 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10339 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10340 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10341 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10342 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10343 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10344 internally by feedmail):
10346 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10347 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10348 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10349 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10351 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10352 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10353 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10354 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10355 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10357 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10364 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10365 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10366 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10367 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10368 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10369 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10370 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10372 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10375 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10376 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10377 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10378 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10379 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10380 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10382 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10384 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10386 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10387 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10388 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10389 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10390 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10391 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10393 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10395 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10396 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10397 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10398 Return value:
10399 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10400 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10401 * otherwise, nil
10403 \(fn E)" t nil)
10405 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10406 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10407 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10409 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10412 Try to get a file name at point.
10413 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10415 \(fn)" nil nil)
10417 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10418 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10420 \(fn)" t nil)
10422 ;;;***
10424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 431149
10425 ;;;;;; 0))
10426 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10428 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10429 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10430 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10431 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10433 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10436 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10437 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10438 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10439 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10440 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10442 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10444 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10445 Add FILE to the file cache.
10447 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10449 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10450 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10451 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10453 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10455 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10456 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10457 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10459 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10461 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10462 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10463 This function does not use any external programs.
10464 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10465 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10466 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10468 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10470 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10471 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10472 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10473 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10474 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10475 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10476 \(directories) is done.
10478 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10480 ;;;***
10482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 431149
10483 ;;;;;; 0))
10484 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10486 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10487 Handle file system monitoring event.
10488 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10489 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10491 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10493 ;;;***
10495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
10496 ;;;;;; 0))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10499 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10500 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10502 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10503 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10504 Local Variables list.
10506 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10507 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10508 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10510 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10512 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10513 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10515 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10517 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10518 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10520 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10521 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10522 the -*- line.
10524 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10525 then this function adds it.
10527 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10529 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10530 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10532 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10534 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10535 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10537 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10539 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10540 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10542 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10544 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10545 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10549 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10550 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10552 \(fn)" t nil)
10554 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10555 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10557 \(fn)" t nil)
10559 ;;;***
10561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 431149
10562 ;;;;;; 0))
10563 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10565 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10566 Filesets initialization.
10567 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10569 \(fn)" nil nil)
10571 ;;;***
10573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 431149
10574 ;;;;;; 0))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10576 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10578 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10579 Initiate the building of a find command.
10580 For example:
10582 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10583 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10584 (mtime \"+1\"))
10585 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10587 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10588 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10590 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10592 ;;;***
10594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
10595 ;;;;;; 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10598 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10599 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10600 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10602 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10604 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10605 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10607 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10610 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10611 and run Dired on those files.
10612 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10613 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10615 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10617 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10619 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10621 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10622 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10623 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10625 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10626 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10628 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10629 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10631 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10633 ;;;***
10635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
10636 ;;;;;; 0))
10637 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10639 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10640 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10641 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10642 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10643 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10644 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10645 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10647 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10649 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10650 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10651 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10653 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10655 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10657 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10659 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10660 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10661 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10663 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10664 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10666 Variables of interest include:
10668 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10669 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10670 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10672 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10673 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10674 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10676 - `ff-ignore-include'
10677 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10679 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10680 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10682 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10683 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10685 - `ff-special-constructs'
10686 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10687 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10688 extracting the filename from that construct.
10690 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10691 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10693 - `ff-search-directories'
10694 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10695 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10697 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10698 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10700 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10701 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10703 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10704 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10706 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10707 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10709 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10710 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10712 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10714 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10715 Visit the file you click on.
10717 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10719 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10720 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10722 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10724 ;;;***
10726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10727 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10730 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10731 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10732 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10734 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10736 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10737 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10738 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10739 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10741 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10742 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10743 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10744 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10746 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10748 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10749 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10751 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10752 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10753 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10754 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10756 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10757 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10758 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10760 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10761 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10762 in `load-path'.
10764 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10766 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10767 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10769 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10770 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10771 places point before the definition.
10772 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10774 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10775 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10776 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10780 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10781 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10783 See `find-function' for more details.
10785 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10787 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10788 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10790 See `find-function' for more details.
10792 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10794 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10795 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10797 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10798 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10799 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10801 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10804 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10806 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10807 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10809 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10810 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10811 places point before the definition.
10813 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10815 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10816 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10817 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10819 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10821 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10822 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10824 See `find-variable' for more details.
10826 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10828 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10829 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10831 See `find-variable' for more details.
10833 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10836 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10837 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10838 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10839 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10840 buffer nor display it.
10842 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10848 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10850 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10851 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10852 places point before the definition.
10854 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10856 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10857 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10858 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10860 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10862 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10863 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10864 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10866 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10868 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10869 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10871 \(fn)" t nil)
10873 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10874 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10876 \(fn)" t nil)
10878 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10879 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10881 \(fn)" nil nil)
10883 ;;;***
10885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
10886 ;;;;;; 0))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10889 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10890 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10892 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10894 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10895 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10897 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10899 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10900 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10902 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10904 ;;;***
10906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21423 31137 48532 240000))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10908 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10910 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10911 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10913 \(fn)" t nil)
10915 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10916 Display FILE's commentary section.
10917 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10919 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10921 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10922 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10924 \(fn)" t nil)
10926 ;;;***
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 431149
10929 ;;;;;; 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10932 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10933 Toggle flow control handling.
10934 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10935 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10937 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10940 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10941 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10942 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10943 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10944 to get the effect of a C-q.
10946 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10948 ;;;***
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10951 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10954 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10959 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10962 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10964 ;;;***
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10967 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10969 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10971 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10972 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10976 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10980 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10981 Turn flymake mode on.
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10986 Turn flymake mode off.
10988 \(fn)" nil nil)
10990 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10993 \(fn)" nil nil)
10995 ;;;***
10997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10998 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11001 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11002 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11004 \(fn)" t nil)
11005 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11007 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11008 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11010 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11011 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11013 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11014 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11015 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11017 Bindings:
11018 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11019 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11020 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11021 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11023 Hooks:
11024 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11026 Remark:
11027 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11028 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11029 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11031 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11032 consider adding:
11033 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11034 in your init file.
11036 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11037 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11042 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11046 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11047 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11049 \(fn)" nil nil)
11051 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11052 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11054 \(fn)" nil nil)
11056 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11057 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11061 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11062 Flyspell whole buffer.
11064 \(fn)" t nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 431149
11069 ;;;;;; 0))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11071 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11073 ;;;***
11075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11078 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11079 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11081 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11084 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11086 \(fn)" nil nil)
11088 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11089 Toggle Follow mode.
11090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11094 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11095 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11097 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11098 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11099 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11101 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11102 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11103 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11104 movement commands.
11106 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11107 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11108 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11109 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11110 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11111 mileage may vary).
11113 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11114 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11116 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11118 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11120 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11121 \\{follow-mode-map}
11123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11125 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11126 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11128 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11129 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11130 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11131 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11132 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11133 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11135 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11136 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11137 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11141 ;;;***
11143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11144 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11146 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11148 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11149 Toggle Footnote mode.
11150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11151 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11154 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11155 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11156 play around with the following keys:
11157 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11161 ;;;***
11163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11166 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11167 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11169 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11170 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11171 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11172 C-c < forms-first-record <
11173 C-c > forms-last-record >
11174 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11175 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11176 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11177 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11178 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11179 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11180 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11181 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11182 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11183 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11185 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11187 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11188 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11190 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11192 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11193 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11195 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11197 ;;;***
11199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11200 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11203 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11204 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11205 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11207 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11208 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11210 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11212 Key definitions:
11213 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11215 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11217 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11218 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11219 `fortran-do-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11221 `fortran-if-indent'
11222 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11223 `fortran-structure-indent'
11224 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11225 (default 3)
11226 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11227 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11228 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11229 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11230 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11231 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11232 nil don't change the indentation
11233 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11234 value of either
11235 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11237 depending on the continuation format in use.
11238 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11239 indentation for a line of code.
11240 (default 'fixed)
11241 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11242 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11243 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11244 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11245 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11246 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11247 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11248 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11249 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11250 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11251 column 5.
11252 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11253 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11254 statements (default nil).
11255 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11256 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11257 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11258 `fortran-continuation-string'
11259 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11260 line (default \"$\").
11261 `fortran-comment-region'
11262 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11263 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11264 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11265 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11266 as typed (default t).
11267 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11268 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11270 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11271 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11273 \(fn)" t nil)
11275 ;;;***
11277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 431149
11278 ;;;;;; 0))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11281 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11282 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11284 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11285 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11287 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11289 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11290 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11292 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11293 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11295 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11297 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11298 Compile fortune file.
11300 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11301 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11303 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11305 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11306 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11308 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11309 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11310 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11311 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11313 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11315 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11316 Display a fortune cookie.
11317 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11318 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11319 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11320 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11322 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11324 ;;;***
11326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 85827
11327 ;;;;;; 0))
11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11330 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11331 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11334 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11335 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11336 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11338 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11339 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11341 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11342 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11344 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11345 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11346 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11347 intend to modify existing values, do
11349 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11351 before changing anything.
11353 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11354 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11356 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11357 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11358 to restore the frame.
11360 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11361 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11362 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11364 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11365 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11366 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11367 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11368 FILTER A filter function.
11370 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11371 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11373 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11375 where
11377 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11378 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11379 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11380 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11381 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11382 before restoring it.
11383 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11385 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11386 It must return:
11387 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11388 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11389 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11391 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11392 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11394 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11395 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11396 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11397 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11398 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11399 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11400 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11402 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11404 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11405 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11407 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11409 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11410 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11411 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11412 If nil, check all live frames.
11414 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11416 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11417 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11418 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11419 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11420 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11421 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11422 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11423 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11424 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11425 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11426 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11428 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11430 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11431 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11433 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11434 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11435 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11436 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11437 and window-state is not restored.
11439 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11440 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11442 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11443 t All existing frames can be reused.
11444 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11445 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11446 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11447 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11449 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11450 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11451 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11452 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11453 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11454 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11455 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11456 be created from that parameter alist.
11458 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11459 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11460 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11461 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11462 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11463 - the live frame just restored,
11464 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11465 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11466 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11468 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11469 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11470 nil Keep all frames.
11471 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11472 - FRAME, a live frame.
11473 - ACTION, which can be one of
11474 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11475 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11476 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11477 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11478 Return value is ignored.
11480 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11481 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11482 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11483 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11484 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11486 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11488 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11490 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11491 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11492 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11494 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11496 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11497 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11498 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11499 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11501 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11503 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11505 ;;;***
11507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11508 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11510 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11512 ;;;***
11514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11515 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11518 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11519 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11520 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11522 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11524 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11525 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11526 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11527 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11528 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11529 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11530 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11534 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11535 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11536 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11537 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11539 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11540 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11541 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11542 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11543 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11545 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11546 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11547 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11548 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11550 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11551 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11552 shown in some of the buffers.
11554 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11556 The following commands help control operation :
11558 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11559 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11561 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11562 detailed description of this mode.
11565 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11566 | GDB Toolbar |
11567 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11568 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11569 | | |
11570 | | |
11571 | | |
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11574 | | (comint-mode) |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11582 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11583 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11584 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11585 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11588 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11590 ;;;***
11592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11593 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11596 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11597 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11598 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11599 instead (which see).")
11601 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11602 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11604 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11605 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11606 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11607 documentation string instead.
11609 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11610 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11611 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11612 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11613 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11614 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11615 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11616 enders are actually possible.
11618 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11619 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11621 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11622 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11623 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11626 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11627 runs the macro expansion.
11629 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11630 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11631 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11633 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11635 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11637 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11639 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11641 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11642 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11644 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11646 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11647 Enter generic mode MODE.
11649 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11650 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11651 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11653 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11654 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11656 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11658 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11659 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11660 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11661 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11662 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11663 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11664 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11665 `font-lock-keywords'.
11667 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11669 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11671 ;;;***
11673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11674 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11677 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11678 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11680 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11681 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11682 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11686 ;;;***
11688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11689 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11692 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11693 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11694 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11696 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11698 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11699 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11701 Guideline for numbers:
11702 1 - error messages
11703 3 - non-serious error messages
11704 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11705 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11706 9 - messages inside loops.
11708 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11712 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11714 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11719 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11722 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11724 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11725 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11726 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11727 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11728 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11729 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11731 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11732 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11733 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11734 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11735 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11737 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11739 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11741 ;;;***
11743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11745 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11746 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11747 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11749 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11750 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11754 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11755 Read network news.
11756 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11757 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11758 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11759 name of an NNTP server to use.
11760 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11761 server.
11763 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11766 Read news as a slave.
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11771 Pop up a frame to read news.
11772 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11773 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11774 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11775 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11776 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11777 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11778 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11779 current display is used.
11781 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11784 Read network news.
11785 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11786 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11787 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11789 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11791 ;;;***
11793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11794 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11797 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Start Gnus unplugged.
11800 \(fn)" t nil)
11802 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11803 Start Gnus plugged.
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11807 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11815 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11816 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11817 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11819 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11820 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11821 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11823 \(fn)" t nil)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11828 \(fn)" nil nil)
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11832 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11833 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11834 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11835 supported.
11837 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11840 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11841 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11842 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11843 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11844 supported.
11846 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11848 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11851 \(fn)" nil nil)
11853 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11854 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11855 downloaded into the agent.
11857 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11859 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11860 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11861 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11862 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11864 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11871 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11878 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11880 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11882 ;;;***
11884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11885 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11888 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11889 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11891 \(fn)" nil nil)
11893 ;;;***
11895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11896 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11899 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11900 Set a bookmark for this article.
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11904 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11905 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11907 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11909 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11910 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11911 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11912 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11913 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11915 \(fn)" t nil)
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11920 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11923 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11924 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11926 Usage:
11927 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11929 \(fn)" t nil)
11931 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11932 Generate the cache active file.
11934 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11936 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11937 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11939 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11941 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11942 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11943 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11944 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11945 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11946 supported.
11948 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11950 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11951 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11952 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11953 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11954 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11955 supported.
11957 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11959 ;;;***
11961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11962 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11965 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11966 Delay this article by some time.
11967 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11969 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11970 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11972 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11973 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11975 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11976 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11978 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11980 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11981 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11983 \(fn)" t nil)
11985 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11986 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11987 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11988 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11990 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11991 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11993 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11995 ;;;***
11997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11998 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12001 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12004 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12009 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12011 ;;;***
12013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
12014 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12017 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12018 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12020 \(fn)" t nil)
12022 ;;;***
12024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
12025 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12028 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12029 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12031 \(fn)" t nil)
12033 ;;;***
12035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 23381
12036 ;;;;;; 760641 862000))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12039 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12045 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12050 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12052 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12053 different input formats.
12055 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12058 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12060 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12061 different input formats.
12063 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12065 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12066 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12067 The PNG is returned as a string.
12069 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12072 Convert FILE to a Face.
12073 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12074 726 bytes.
12076 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12081 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12084 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12085 Display gravatar in the From header.
12086 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12088 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12090 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12091 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12092 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12094 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12096 ;;;***
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12099 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12103 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12104 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12105 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12107 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12109 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12110 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12112 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12117 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12120 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12123 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12125 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12128 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12133 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12136 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12139 Run batched scoring.
12140 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12142 \(fn)" t nil)
12144 ;;;***
12146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 431149
12147 ;;;;;; 0))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12150 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12153 \(fn)" nil nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12156 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12157 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12159 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12162 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12164 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12171 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12176 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12177 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12178 group parameters.
12180 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12181 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12182 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12183 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12185 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12186 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12187 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12188 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12189 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12190 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12191 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12192 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12193 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12194 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12196 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12199 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12200 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12201 nil CATCH-ALL).
12203 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12204 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12206 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12208 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12209 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12210 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12212 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12214 \(fn)" nil nil)
12216 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12217 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12218 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12220 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12222 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12223 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12224 existing groups are considered.
12226 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12227 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12228 returned.
12230 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12231 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12232 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12233 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12234 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12235 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12236 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12237 clauses will be generated.
12239 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12240 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12241 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12242 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12243 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12244 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12246 For example, given the following group parameters:
12248 nnml:mail.bar:
12249 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12250 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12251 nnml:mail.foo:
12252 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12253 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12254 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12255 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12256 nnml:mail.others:
12257 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12259 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12261 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12262 \"mail.bar\")
12263 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12264 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12265 \"mail.others\")
12267 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12269 ;;;***
12271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12272 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12275 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12276 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12277 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12278 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12279 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12280 instead.
12282 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12284 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12285 Mail to ADDRESS.
12287 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12290 Like `message-reply'.
12292 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12294 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12296 ;;;***
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12299 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12302 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12303 Send a notification on new message.
12304 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12305 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12306 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12308 This is typically a function to add in
12309 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12311 \(fn)" nil nil)
12313 ;;;***
12315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12316 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12319 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12320 Display picons in the From header.
12321 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12323 \(fn)" t nil)
12325 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12326 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12327 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12329 \(fn)" t nil)
12331 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12332 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12333 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12335 \(fn)" t nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12340 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12343 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12344 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12345 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12346 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12352 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12353 LIST1 is modified.
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12358 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12359 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12361 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12369 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12370 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12376 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12378 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12380 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12382 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12383 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12384 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12386 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12388 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12389 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12390 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12392 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12394 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12395 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12396 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12398 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12400 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12401 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12403 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12405 ;;;***
12407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12408 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
12409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12411 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12412 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12416 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12417 Install the registry hooks.
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12421 ;;;***
12423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12424 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12427 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12428 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12429 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12430 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12431 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12432 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12434 \(fn)" t nil)
12436 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12437 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12438 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12439 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12440 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12442 \(fn)" t nil)
12444 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12447 \(fn)" t nil)
12449 ;;;***
12451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12452 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12455 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12456 Update the format specification near point.
12458 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12460 ;;;***
12462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12463 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12466 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12467 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12469 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12471 ;;;***
12473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12474 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12477 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12478 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12479 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12481 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12483 ;;;***
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12486 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12489 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12490 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12492 \(fn)" t nil)
12494 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12495 Install the sync hooks.
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12499 ;;;***
12501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12502 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12505 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12506 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12508 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12510 ;;;***
12512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 431149
12513 ;;;;;; 0))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12516 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12517 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12518 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12519 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12520 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12521 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12523 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12525 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 431149
12530 ;;;;;; 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12533 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12534 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12536 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12537 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12538 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12540 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12541 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12542 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12544 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12545 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12547 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12548 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12550 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12552 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12554 ;;;***
12556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12557 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12560 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12562 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12563 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12564 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12565 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12566 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12568 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12570 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12571 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12572 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12573 or to send e-mail.
12574 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12575 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12577 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12578 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12580 \(fn)" t nil)
12581 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12583 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12584 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12586 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12587 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12591 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12592 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12596 ;;;***
12598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12599 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12602 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12603 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12604 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12606 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12608 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12609 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12611 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12613 ;;;***
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 431149
12616 ;;;;;; 0))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12619 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12620 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12624 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12625 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12626 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12627 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12628 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12630 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12631 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12632 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12634 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12636 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12637 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12638 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12639 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12640 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12642 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12644 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12645 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12647 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12649 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12650 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12652 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12653 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12654 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12656 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12657 The default find program.
12658 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12659 and others.")
12661 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12662 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12663 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12664 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12666 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12667 How to invoke find and grep.
12668 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12669 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12670 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12671 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12673 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12675 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12676 History list for grep.")
12678 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12679 History list for grep-find.")
12681 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12682 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12683 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12685 \(fn)" nil nil)
12687 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12690 \(fn)" nil nil)
12692 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12693 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12695 \(fn)" nil nil)
12697 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12698 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12699 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12700 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12701 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12703 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12704 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12706 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12707 can easily repeat a grep command.
12709 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12710 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12711 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12712 list is empty).
12714 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12716 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12717 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12718 Collect output in a buffer.
12719 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12720 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12722 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12723 easily repeat a find command.
12725 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12727 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12729 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12730 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12731 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12732 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12733 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12735 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12736 before it is executed.
12737 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12739 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12740 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12741 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12743 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12745 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12747 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12748 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12749 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12750 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12751 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12753 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12754 before it is executed.
12755 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12757 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12758 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12759 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12760 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12762 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12764 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12765 to specify a command to run.
12767 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12769 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12770 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12771 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12772 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12774 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12776 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12778 ;;;***
12780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12783 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12784 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12785 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12786 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12787 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12789 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12791 ;;;***
12793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21513 8534 259476
12794 ;;;;;; 0))
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12797 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12798 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12800 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12805 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12806 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12807 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12811 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12812 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12813 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12814 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12818 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12819 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12820 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12821 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12823 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12824 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12826 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12828 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12829 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12830 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12831 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12833 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12835 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12836 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12837 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12838 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12840 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12842 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12843 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12844 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12845 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12846 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12848 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12849 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12850 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12851 original source file access method.
12853 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12854 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12859 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12861 \(fn)" t nil)
12863 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12864 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12865 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12868 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12870 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12872 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12873 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12876 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12880 ;;;***
12882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21386 29521 774249
12883 ;;;;;; 0))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12886 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12887 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12888 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12889 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12890 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12891 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12892 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12893 set it to.
12894 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12896 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12898 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12899 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12900 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12901 of PLACE.
12902 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12903 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12904 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12905 and SETTER.
12906 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12907 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12909 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12911 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12913 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12914 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12915 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12916 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12917 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12919 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12921 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12923 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12926 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12928 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12930 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12932 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12933 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12934 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12935 well for simple place forms.
12936 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12937 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12938 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12939 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12940 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12941 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12942 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12944 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12946 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12948 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12949 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12950 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12951 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12952 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12954 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12955 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12956 (let ((temp VAL))
12957 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12958 temp)
12959 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12961 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12963 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12964 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12965 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12966 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12967 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12968 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12970 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12972 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12974 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12975 Return a reference to PLACE.
12976 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12977 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12978 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12979 binding mode.
12981 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12983 ;;;***
12985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12986 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12987 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12989 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12990 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12991 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12992 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12994 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12995 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12996 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12997 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12999 \(fn)" t nil)
13001 ;;;***
13003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 431149
13004 ;;;;;; 0))
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13007 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13008 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13010 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13012 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13013 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13014 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13015 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13017 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13019 \(fn)" t nil)
13021 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13022 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13023 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13024 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13025 to be updated.
13027 \(fn)" t nil)
13029 ;;;***
13031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
13032 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13035 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13036 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13040 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13041 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13042 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13044 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13046 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13047 Verify a hashcash payment
13049 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13051 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13052 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13053 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13054 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13055 `mail-add-payment-async').
13057 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13059 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13060 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13061 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13062 Calculation is asynchronous.
13064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13066 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13067 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13068 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13072 ;;;***
13074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 431149
13075 ;;;;;; 0))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13078 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13079 Return the help-echo string at point.
13080 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13081 property, or nil, is returned.
13082 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13083 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13084 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13086 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13088 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13089 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13090 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13091 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13092 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13094 \(fn)" nil nil)
13096 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13097 Display local help in the echo area.
13098 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13099 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13100 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13101 printed instead.
13103 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13104 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13105 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13109 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13110 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13111 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13113 \(fn)" t nil)
13115 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13117 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13119 \(fn)" t nil)
13121 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13122 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13123 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13124 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13125 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13126 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13127 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13128 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13129 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13130 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13131 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13133 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13134 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13135 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13136 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13137 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13139 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13140 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13141 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13142 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13143 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13144 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13145 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13146 The default is `never'.")
13148 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13150 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13151 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13152 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13153 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13154 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13155 considered different regions.
13157 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13158 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13159 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13160 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13161 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13162 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13163 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13164 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13165 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13167 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13169 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13170 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13171 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13172 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13173 different regions.
13175 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13176 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13177 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13178 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13179 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13180 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13181 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13182 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13184 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13185 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13186 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13187 rarely happens in practice.
13189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13191 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13192 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13193 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13194 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13195 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13196 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13200 ;;;***
13202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21418 19288 912946
13203 ;;;;;; 0))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13206 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13207 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13209 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13211 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13212 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13213 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13215 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13217 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13218 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13219 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13220 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13221 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13222 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13223 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13224 search for a function definition.
13226 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13227 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13228 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13229 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13230 suitable file is found, return nil.
13232 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13234 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13237 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13239 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13240 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13241 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13242 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13244 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13246 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13247 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13248 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13249 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13250 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13251 it is displayed along with the global value.
13253 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13255 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13256 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13257 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13258 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13260 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13262 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13263 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13264 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13265 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13266 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13270 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13271 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13273 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13275 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13276 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13280 ;;;***
13282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 431149
13283 ;;;;;; 0))
13284 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13286 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13287 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13288 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13289 window listing and describing the options.
13290 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13291 gives the window that lists the options.")
13293 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13295 ;;;***
13297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
13298 ;;;;;; 0))
13299 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13301 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13302 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13303 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13304 Commands:
13305 \\{help-mode-map}
13307 \(fn)" t nil)
13309 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13312 \(fn)" nil nil)
13314 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13317 \(fn)" nil nil)
13319 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13320 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13322 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13323 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13324 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13325 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13327 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13328 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13329 restore it properly when going back.
13331 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13333 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13334 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13335 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13336 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13337 from `help-mode'.
13338 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13339 it does not already exist.
13341 \(fn)" nil nil)
13343 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13344 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13346 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13347 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13348 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13349 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13350 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13351 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13352 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13353 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13355 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13356 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13357 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13358 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13360 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13361 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13362 that.
13364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13366 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13367 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13368 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13369 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13370 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13371 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13373 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13375 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13376 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13377 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13378 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13379 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13381 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13383 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13384 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13386 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13388 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13389 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13390 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13391 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13393 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13395 ;;;***
13397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13398 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13401 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13402 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13404 \(fn)" t nil)
13406 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13407 Provide help for current mode.
13409 \(fn)" t nil)
13411 ;;;***
13413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
13414 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13416 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13417 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13418 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13419 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13420 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13422 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13423 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13425 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13426 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13427 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13428 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13430 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13431 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13432 periods.
13434 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13435 in hexl format.
13437 A sample format:
13439 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13440 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13441 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13442 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13443 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13444 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13445 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13446 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13447 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13448 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13449 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13450 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13451 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13452 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13453 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13455 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13456 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13457 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13459 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13460 also supported.
13462 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13464 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13465 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13466 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13468 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13469 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13470 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13472 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13473 into the buffer at the current point.
13475 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13476 into the buffer at the current point.
13478 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13479 into the buffer at the current point.
13481 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13483 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13484 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13486 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13488 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13492 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13493 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13494 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13495 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13497 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13499 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13500 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13501 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13503 \(fn)" t nil)
13505 ;;;***
13507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
13508 ;;;;;; 0))
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13511 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13512 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13517 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13518 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13519 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13520 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13522 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13523 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13524 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13525 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13527 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13528 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13529 which can be called interactively, are:
13531 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13532 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13534 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13535 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13536 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13537 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13539 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13540 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13542 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13543 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13544 available face automatically.
13546 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13547 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13549 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13550 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13551 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13552 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13553 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13554 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13555 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13556 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13557 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13558 function returns t.
13560 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13561 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13563 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13564 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13565 form:
13566 Hi-lock: FOO
13568 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13569 position (number of characters into buffer)
13570 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13571 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13572 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13576 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13577 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13578 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13581 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13583 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13585 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13586 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13587 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13588 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13589 ARG is omitted or nil.
13591 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13592 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13593 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13597 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13599 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13600 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13601 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13602 Use the global history list for FACE.
13604 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13605 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13606 highlighting will not update as you type.
13608 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13610 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13612 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13613 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13614 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13615 Use the global history list for FACE.
13617 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13618 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13619 highlighting will not update as you type.
13621 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13623 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13625 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13626 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13627 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13628 Use the global history list for FACE.
13630 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13631 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13632 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13634 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13635 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13636 highlighting will not update as you type.
13638 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13640 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13642 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13643 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13644 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13645 unless you use a prefix argument.
13646 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13648 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13649 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13651 \(fn)" t nil)
13653 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13655 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13656 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13657 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13658 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13659 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13660 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13662 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13664 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13665 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13667 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13668 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13669 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13671 \(fn)" t nil)
13673 ;;;***
13675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 39235
13676 ;;;;;; 700171 164000))
13677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13679 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13680 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13682 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13683 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13685 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13686 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13687 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13688 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13690 `hide-ifdef-env'
13691 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13692 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 is used.
13695 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13696 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13697 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13698 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13699 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13701 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13702 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13703 #endif lines when hiding.
13705 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13706 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13707 is activated.
13709 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13710 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13711 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13713 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13717 ;;;***
13719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13720 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13723 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13724 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13725 Each element has the form
13726 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13728 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13729 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13731 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13732 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13734 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13735 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13736 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13737 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13738 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13739 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13741 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13742 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13744 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13745 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13747 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13748 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13749 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13751 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13752 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13754 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13755 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13757 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13758 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13759 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13761 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13762 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13763 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13765 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13766 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13768 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13770 Key bindings:
13771 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13776 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13778 \(fn)" nil nil)
13780 ;;;***
13782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 431149
13783 ;;;;;; 0))
13784 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13786 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13788 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13789 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13790 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13792 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13793 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13794 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13795 this on and off.
13797 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13798 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13799 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13800 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13801 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13802 through various faces.
13803 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13804 buffer with the contents of a file
13805 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13809 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13810 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13812 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13813 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13815 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13816 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13817 in a distinctive face.
13819 The default value can be customized with variable
13820 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13822 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13826 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13827 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13828 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13830 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13837 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13845 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13846 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13847 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13848 shown in the last face in the list.
13850 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13851 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13852 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13854 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13856 \(fn)" t nil)
13858 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13859 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13861 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13863 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13864 to save the file.
13866 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13867 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13869 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13870 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13871 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13873 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13875 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13878 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13879 this function is called interactively.
13881 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13882 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13883 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13885 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13886 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13887 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13889 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13891 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13892 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13893 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13895 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13896 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13898 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13900 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13901 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13902 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13903 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13904 ARG is omitted or nil.
13906 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13907 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13908 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13912 ;;;***
13914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21377 1451 96610
13915 ;;;;;; 0))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13917 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13919 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13920 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13921 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13922 or insert functions in this list.")
13924 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13926 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13927 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13928 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13929 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13930 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13931 expansions.
13932 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13933 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13934 undoes the expansion.
13936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13938 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13939 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13940 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13941 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13943 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13945 ;;;***
13947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 431149
13948 ;;;;;; 0))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13951 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13952 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13957 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13958 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13959 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13960 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13961 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13962 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13964 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13965 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13966 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13967 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13971 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13972 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13973 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13976 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13980 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13981 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13984 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13986 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13987 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13988 windows.
13990 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13991 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13995 ;;;***
13997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13998 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13999 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14003 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14004 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14009 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14013 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14014 Oriental holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14019 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14023 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14024 Local holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14029 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14031 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14033 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14034 User defined holidays.
14035 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14037 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14039 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14041 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14042 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14044 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14046 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14047 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14049 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14051 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14052 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14054 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14057 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14059 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14061 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14063 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14064 Jewish holidays.
14065 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14067 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14069 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14073 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14074 Christian holidays.
14075 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14077 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14079 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14081 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14083 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14084 Islamic holidays.
14085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14087 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14089 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14091 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14093 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14094 Bahá'í holidays.
14095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14097 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14099 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14101 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14103 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14104 Sun-related holidays.
14105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14107 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14109 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14111 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14113 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14114 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14115 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14116 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14120 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14121 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14122 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14123 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14124 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14126 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14127 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14129 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14130 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14132 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14133 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14134 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14135 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14136 of a holiday list.
14138 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14140 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14142 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14144 ;;;***
14146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21415 30982
14147 ;;;;;; 815536 0))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14150 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14151 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14153 \(fn)" t nil)
14155 ;;;***
14157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14158 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14160 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14162 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14163 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14164 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14165 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14166 as possible.
14168 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14169 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14170 fontified display.
14172 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14173 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14175 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14176 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14177 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14179 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14181 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14182 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14183 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14185 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14187 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14189 ;;;***
14191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
14192 ;;;;;; 0))
14193 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14195 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14196 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14198 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14199 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14200 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14202 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14203 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14204 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14205 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14206 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14207 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14209 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14210 title of the column.
14212 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14213 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14214 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14215 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14216 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14218 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14220 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14221 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14222 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14223 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14224 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14226 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14227 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14228 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14230 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14232 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14233 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14234 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14235 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14236 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14237 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14239 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14240 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14241 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14242 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14243 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14244 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14245 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14246 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14247 values are:
14248 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14249 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14250 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14251 buffer's modification flag.
14252 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14253 prompted before performing this operation.
14254 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14255 operation is complete, in the form:
14256 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14257 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14258 confirmation message, in the form:
14259 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14260 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14261 macro for exactly what it does.
14263 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14265 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14266 Define a filter named NAME.
14267 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14268 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14269 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14271 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14272 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14273 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14274 bound to the current value of the filter.
14276 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14278 ;;;***
14280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 431149
14281 ;;;;;; 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14285 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14286 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14287 buffers which are visiting a file.
14289 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14292 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14293 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14294 buffers which are visiting a file.
14296 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14298 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14299 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14300 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14302 All arguments are optional.
14303 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14304 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14305 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14306 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14307 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14308 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14309 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14310 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14311 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14312 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14313 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14314 that value locally in this buffer.
14316 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14318 ;;;***
14320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14321 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14323 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14325 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14326 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14327 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14328 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14330 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14332 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14333 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14334 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14335 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14336 ICAL-FILENAME.
14337 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14338 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14339 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14341 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14343 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14344 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14345 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14346 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14347 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14348 non-marking or not.
14350 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14352 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14353 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14355 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14356 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14357 DIARY-FILE.
14359 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14360 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14361 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14363 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14364 non-marking.
14366 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14367 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14368 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14370 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14372 ;;;***
14374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
14375 ;;;;;; 0))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14378 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14379 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14380 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14383 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14385 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14387 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14388 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14389 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14390 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14391 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14393 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14394 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14395 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14396 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14398 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14399 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14401 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14402 completions:
14404 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14408 ;;;***
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 431149
14411 ;;;;;; 0))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14414 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14415 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14416 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14417 Tab indents for Icon code.
14418 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14419 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14420 \\{icon-mode-map}
14421 Variables controlling indentation style:
14422 icon-tab-always-indent
14423 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14424 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14425 icon-auto-newline
14426 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14427 inserted in Icon code.
14428 icon-indent-level
14429 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14430 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14431 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14432 icon-continued-statement-offset
14433 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14434 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14435 icon-continued-brace-offset
14436 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14437 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14438 icon-brace-offset
14439 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14440 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14441 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14442 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14444 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14445 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14447 \(fn)" t nil)
14449 ;;;***
14451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21423
14452 ;;;;;; 29775 174830 222000))
14453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14455 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14456 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14457 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14458 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14460 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14461 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14462 separate frames.
14464 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14465 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14467 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14468 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14469 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14471 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14473 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14475 ;;;***
14477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21423 29709
14478 ;;;;;; 912469 748000))
14479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14480 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14482 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14483 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14485 The main features of this mode are
14487 1. Indentation and Formatting
14488 --------------------------
14489 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14490 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14492 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14493 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14494 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14495 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14497 Comments are indented as follows:
14499 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14500 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14501 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14503 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14505 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14506 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14507 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14508 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14509 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14510 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14512 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14513 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14514 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14515 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14517 2. Routine Info
14518 ------------
14519 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14520 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14521 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14522 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14523 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14524 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14525 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14526 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14527 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14528 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14530 3. Online IDL Help
14531 ---------------
14533 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14534 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14535 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14536 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14538 4. Completion
14539 ----------
14540 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14541 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14542 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14543 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14544 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14545 upper case.
14547 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14548 --------------------------------
14549 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14550 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14552 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14553 \\fu FUNCTION template
14554 \\c CASE statement template
14555 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14556 \\f FOR loop template
14557 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14558 \\w WHILE loop template
14559 \\i IF statement template
14560 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14561 \\b BEGIN
14563 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14564 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14566 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14567 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14568 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14569 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14571 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14572 -------------------------
14573 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14574 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14576 7. Automatic END completion
14577 ------------------------
14578 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14579 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14581 8. Hooks
14582 -----
14583 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14584 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14586 9. Documentation and Customization
14587 -------------------------------
14588 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14589 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14590 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14591 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14592 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14593 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14595 10.Keybindings
14596 -----------
14597 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14598 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14599 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14601 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 ;;;***
14607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14610 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14611 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14612 The following values are possible:
14613 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14614 displaying...)
14615 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14616 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14617 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14620 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14622 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14624 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14625 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14626 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14627 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14628 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14629 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14630 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14631 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14632 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14637 Switch to another buffer.
14638 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14639 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14640 in another frame.
14642 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14643 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14644 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14645 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14646 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14648 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14649 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14651 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14653 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14654 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14655 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14656 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14657 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14658 in a separate window.
14659 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14660 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14661 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14664 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14665 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14666 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14667 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14669 \(fn)" t nil)
14671 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14673 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14674 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14676 \(fn)" t nil)
14678 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14679 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14680 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14683 \(fn)" t nil)
14685 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14686 Kill a buffer.
14687 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14692 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14693 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14700 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14701 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14706 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14709 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14712 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14713 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14714 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14715 in another frame.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14718 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14719 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14720 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14721 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14722 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14724 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14725 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14727 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14729 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14730 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14731 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14732 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14733 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14734 in a separate window.
14735 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14736 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14737 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14738 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14742 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14743 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14744 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14745 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14746 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14751 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14756 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14757 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14771 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14778 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14785 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14792 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14805 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14806 Write current buffer to a file.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14813 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14820 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14821 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14827 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14828 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14829 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14830 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14831 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14833 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14836 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14837 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14838 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14840 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14842 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14843 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14844 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14845 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14847 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14850 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14851 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14852 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14853 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14854 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14855 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14856 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14857 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14858 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14859 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14860 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14861 with point positioned at the end.
14862 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14863 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14865 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14867 ;;;***
14869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14872 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14873 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14874 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14875 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14879 ;;;***
14881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14882 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14884 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14886 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14887 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14891 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14895 ;;;***
14897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21526 9707 512144 108000))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14900 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14901 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14902 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14903 be determined.
14905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14907 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14908 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14909 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14910 be determined.
14912 \(fn)" nil nil)
14914 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14915 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14916 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14917 be determined.
14919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14922 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14923 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14924 be determined.
14926 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14929 Determine and return image type.
14930 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14931 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14932 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14933 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14934 use its file extension as image type.
14935 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14937 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14939 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14940 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14941 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14943 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14946 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14947 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14949 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14950 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14951 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14952 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14953 must be available.
14955 \(fn)" nil nil)
14957 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14958 Create an image.
14959 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14960 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14961 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14962 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14963 use its file extension as image type.
14964 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14965 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14966 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14967 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14969 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14971 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14972 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14973 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14975 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14978 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14979 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14980 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14981 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14982 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14983 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14984 POS may be an integer or marker.
14985 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14986 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14987 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14988 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14992 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14993 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14994 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14995 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14996 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14997 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14998 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14999 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15000 means display it in the right marginal area.
15001 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15002 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15003 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15004 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15005 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15007 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15010 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15011 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15012 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15013 STRING is a single space.
15014 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15015 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15016 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15017 means display it in the right marginal area.
15018 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15020 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15023 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15024 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15025 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15027 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15029 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15030 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15032 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15034 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15035 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15036 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15037 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15038 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15039 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15040 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15041 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15042 satisfied.
15044 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15046 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15048 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15050 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15051 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15053 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15054 documentation string.
15056 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15057 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15058 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15059 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15060 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15061 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15062 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15063 define SYMBOL.
15065 Example:
15067 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15068 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15070 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15072 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15074 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15075 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15076 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15077 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15079 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15080 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15081 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15082 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15084 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15086 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088 ;;;***
15090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15091 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15092 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15093 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15096 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15097 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15098 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15099 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15100 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15104 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15105 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15107 Convenience command that:
15109 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15110 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15111 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15113 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15114 image files in dired and type
15115 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15117 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15119 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15120 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15122 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15124 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15125 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15126 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15127 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15128 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15129 another one).
15131 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15132 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15133 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15135 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15136 instead of erasing it first.
15138 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15139 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15140 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15141 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15142 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15143 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15145 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15148 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15149 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15150 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15151 displayed.
15153 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15155 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15157 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15160 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15165 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15166 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15171 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15173 \(fn)" t nil)
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15176 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15177 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15178 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15183 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15188 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15190 \(fn)" t nil)
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15193 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15198 Display current image file.
15199 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15200 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15204 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15205 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15207 \(fn)" t nil)
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15210 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15211 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15212 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15213 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15214 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15215 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15217 \(fn)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15220 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15221 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15222 easy-to-use form.
15224 \(fn)" t nil)
15226 ;;;***
15228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
15229 ;;;;;; 0))
15230 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15232 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15233 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15234 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15235 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15237 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15238 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15239 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15240 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15242 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15244 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15245 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15246 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15247 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15249 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15250 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15251 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15252 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15254 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15256 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15257 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15259 \(fn)" nil nil)
15261 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15262 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15263 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15264 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15266 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15268 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15269 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15270 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15273 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15275 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15277 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15278 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15283 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15284 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15285 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289 ;;;***
15291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
15292 ;;;;;; 0))
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15295 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15296 Major mode for image files.
15297 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15298 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15300 Key bindings:
15301 \\{image-mode-map}
15303 \(fn)" t nil)
15305 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15306 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15311 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15312 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15313 actual image.
15315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15317 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15318 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15319 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15320 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15321 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15322 to display an image file as the actual image.
15324 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15325 to display an image file as text initially.
15327 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15328 on these modes.
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15332 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15335 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15337 ;;;***
15339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21552 42336 217430 0))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15342 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15343 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15345 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15347 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15348 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15349 in the buffer.
15351 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15353 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15354 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15355 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15357 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15359 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15360 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15361 Each element of this list should have the form
15363 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15365 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15366 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15367 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15368 matches are put).
15369 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15370 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15371 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15372 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15373 another element.
15374 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15375 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15376 the menu item.
15377 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15378 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15379 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15380 the ARGUMENTS.
15382 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15383 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15384 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15386 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15387 create a buffer index.
15389 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15390 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15391 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15392 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15393 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15397 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15398 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15400 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15401 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15402 called within a `save-excursion'.
15404 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15408 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15409 Function for finding the next index position.
15411 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15412 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15413 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15414 file.
15416 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15417 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15421 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15422 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15424 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15425 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15426 It should return the name for that index item.")
15428 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15430 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15431 Function to compare string with index item.
15433 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15434 non-nil if they match.
15436 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15437 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15438 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15439 arguments match\".")
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15443 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15444 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15445 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15448 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15450 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15452 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15454 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15455 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15456 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15457 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15459 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15461 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15462 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15464 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15466 \(fn)" t nil)
15468 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15469 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15470 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15471 for more information.
15473 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15475 ;;;***
15477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15478 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15479 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15481 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15482 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15486 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15489 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15491 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15494 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15496 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15499 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15501 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15502 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15504 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15506 ;;;***
15508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15509 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15512 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15513 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15514 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15515 to that buffer.
15516 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15517 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15518 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15521 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15523 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15525 ;;;***
15527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21478 34653 139782 0))
15528 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15530 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15531 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15532 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15533 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15534 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15535 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15536 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15537 first in this list.
15539 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15540 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15541 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15542 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15543 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15545 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15546 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15547 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15549 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15550 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15552 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15553 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15555 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15556 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15557 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15558 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15559 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15560 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15561 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15562 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15563 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15564 with the top-level Info directory.
15566 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15567 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15569 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15571 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15572 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15573 in all the directories in that path.
15575 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15577 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15579 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15580 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15584 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15585 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15589 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15590 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15591 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15592 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15594 \(fn)" nil nil)
15596 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15597 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15598 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15599 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15601 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15603 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15604 Go to the Info directory node.
15606 \(fn)" t nil)
15608 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15609 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15610 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15611 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15612 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15613 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15615 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15617 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15618 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15619 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15621 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15623 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15624 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15625 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15626 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15627 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15629 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15631 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15632 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15633 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15634 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15635 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15637 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15638 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15640 Selecting other nodes:
15641 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15642 Follow a node reference you click on.
15643 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15644 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15645 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15646 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15647 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15648 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15649 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15650 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15651 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15652 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15653 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15654 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15655 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15656 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15657 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15658 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15659 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15660 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15661 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15662 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15664 Moving within a node:
15665 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15666 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15667 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15668 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15669 move up to the parent node.
15670 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15671 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15672 if there is none.
15673 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15675 Advanced commands:
15676 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15677 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15678 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15679 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15680 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15681 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15682 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15683 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15684 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15685 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15686 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15687 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15688 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15689 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15690 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15691 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15694 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15696 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15697 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15698 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15699 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15700 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15701 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15703 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15704 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15706 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15707 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15708 KEY is a string.
15709 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15710 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15711 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15712 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15714 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15716 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15717 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15718 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15722 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15723 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15724 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15726 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15728 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15729 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15730 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15731 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15733 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15735 ;;;***
15737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 431149
15738 ;;;;;; 0))
15739 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15741 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15742 Throw away all cached data.
15743 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15744 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15745 system.
15747 \(fn)" t nil)
15748 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15750 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15751 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15752 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15753 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15754 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15755 one found at point.
15757 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15759 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15760 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15762 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15763 Display the documentation of a file.
15764 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15765 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15766 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15767 The default file name is the one found at point.
15769 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15771 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15773 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15774 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15776 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15778 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15779 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15783 ;;;***
15785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 431149
15786 ;;;;;; 0))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15788 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15790 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15791 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15792 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15793 current info file is the default.
15795 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15796 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15797 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15798 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15799 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15801 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15802 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15803 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15804 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15805 mistake in the reference.
15807 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15808 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15809 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15811 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15812 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15813 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15814 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15816 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15818 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15819 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15820 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15821 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15822 checked.
15824 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15825 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15826 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15827 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15828 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15829 should be harmless.
15831 \(fn)" t nil)
15833 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15834 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15835 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15836 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15838 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15839 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15840 and can take a long time.
15842 \(fn)" t nil)
15844 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15845 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15846 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15848 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15850 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15851 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15853 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15854 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15855 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15856 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15857 all builtins).
15859 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15860 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15861 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15862 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15863 the sources handy.
15865 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15867 ;;;***
15869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 431149
15870 ;;;;;; 0))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15873 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15874 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15876 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15878 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15879 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15881 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15883 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15884 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15885 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15886 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15888 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15889 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15890 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15892 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15893 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15894 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15895 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15897 \(fn)" t nil)
15899 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15900 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15901 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15903 \(fn)" t nil)
15905 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15906 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15907 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15908 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15909 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15911 \(fn)" nil nil)
15913 ;;;***
15915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15916 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15918 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15920 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15921 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15922 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15924 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15926 ;;;***
15928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15929 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15932 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15933 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15935 \(fn)" t nil)
15937 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15938 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15940 \(fn)" t nil)
15942 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15945 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15947 ;;;***
15949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 431149
15950 ;;;;;; 0))
15951 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15952 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15954 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15955 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15956 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15957 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15958 accessed via isearchb.
15960 \(fn)" t nil)
15962 ;;;***
15964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15965 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15968 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15971 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15978 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15979 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15984 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15994 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15995 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16003 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16009 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16010 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16011 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16018 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16019 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16026 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16031 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16032 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16033 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16038 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16039 Warn that format is read-only.
16041 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16043 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16044 Warn that format is write-only.
16046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16048 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16049 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16051 \(fn)" t nil)
16053 ;;;***
16055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16056 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16058 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16059 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16061 ;;;***
16063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16064 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16067 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16069 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16070 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16071 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16072 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16073 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16075 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16077 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16079 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16080 Key map for ispell menu.")
16082 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16083 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16084 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16085 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16087 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16089 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16095 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16096 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16097 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16098 Valid forms include:
16099 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16100 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16101 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16102 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16104 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16105 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16106 First list is used raw.
16107 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16109 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16110 for skipping in latex mode.")
16112 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16113 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16114 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16115 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16116 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16117 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16118 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16120 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16121 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16122 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16123 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16125 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16126 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16127 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16128 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16129 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16131 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16132 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16134 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16135 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16137 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16138 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16140 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16141 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16143 Return values:
16144 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16145 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16146 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16147 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16148 quit spell session exited.
16150 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16152 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16153 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16154 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16156 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16158 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16159 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16161 Selections are:
16163 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16164 SPC: Accept word this time.
16165 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16166 `a': Accept word for this session.
16167 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16168 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16169 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16170 `?': Show these commands.
16171 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16172 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16173 the aborted check to be completed later.
16174 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16175 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16176 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16177 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16178 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16179 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16180 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16182 \(fn)" nil nil)
16184 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16185 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16186 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16187 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16189 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16191 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16192 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16193 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16194 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16196 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16198 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16200 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16201 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16202 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16203 amount for last line processed.
16205 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16207 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16208 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16210 \(fn)" t nil)
16212 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16213 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16215 \(fn)" t nil)
16217 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16218 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16219 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16221 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16223 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16224 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16226 \(fn)" t nil)
16228 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16229 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16230 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16231 sequence inside of a word.
16233 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16235 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16238 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16240 \(fn)" t nil)
16242 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16243 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16244 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16245 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16247 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16248 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16249 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16250 available on the net.
16252 \(fn)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16255 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16260 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16261 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16262 spelled.
16264 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16265 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16266 SPC.
16268 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16269 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16273 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16274 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16275 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16276 Don't check included messages.
16278 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16279 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16280 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16282 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16283 in your init file:
16284 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16285 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16286 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16287 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16289 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16290 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16291 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16293 \(fn)" t nil)
16295 ;;;***
16297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16298 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16301 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16304 \(fn)" nil nil)
16306 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16307 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16308 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16309 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16310 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16311 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16312 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16313 necessary to represent OBJ.
16315 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16319 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16320 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16322 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16324 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16325 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16328 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16330 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16332 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16333 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16334 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16335 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16337 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16339 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16340 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16341 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16342 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16344 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16346 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16349 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16351 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16352 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16353 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16354 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16355 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16357 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16359 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16360 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16361 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16362 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16363 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16365 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16367 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16368 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16369 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16371 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16373 ;;;***
16375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 431149
16376 ;;;;;; 0))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16379 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16380 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16381 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16382 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16384 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16387 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16389 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16390 Uninstall jka-compr.
16391 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16392 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16393 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16395 \(fn)" nil nil)
16397 ;;;***
16399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 48819 906838
16400 ;;;;;; 0))
16401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16402 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16404 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16405 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16407 \(fn)" t nil)
16408 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16410 ;;;***
16412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16413 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16414 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16416 ;;;***
16418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16419 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16422 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16423 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16425 decimal key must be specified.")
16427 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16429 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16430 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16432 decimal key must be specified.")
16434 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16436 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16437 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16438 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16439 decimal key must be specified.")
16441 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16443 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16444 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16445 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16446 decimal key must be specified.")
16448 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16450 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16451 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16452 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16453 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16454 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16455 keys are bound.
16457 Setup Binding
16458 -------------------------------------------------------------
16459 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16460 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16461 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16462 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16463 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16464 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16465 in the global and local keymaps.
16467 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16468 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16470 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16472 ;;;***
16474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16475 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16478 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16479 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16480 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16482 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16483 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16484 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16485 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16486 shorter.
16488 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16489 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16490 the context of text formatting.
16492 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16494 ;;;***
16496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 431149
16497 ;;;;;; 0))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16500 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16501 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16502 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16503 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16504 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16505 positions that contains the current selection.")
16507 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16508 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16509 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16510 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16511 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16512 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16513 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16517 ;;;***
16519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16520 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16521 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16522 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16523 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16524 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16525 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16526 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16529 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16530 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16531 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16533 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16535 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16536 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16537 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16538 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16539 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16541 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16543 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16544 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16545 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16547 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16548 defining the macro.
16550 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16551 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16552 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16554 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16555 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16560 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16561 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16562 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16563 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16564 under that name.
16566 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16567 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16568 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16572 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16573 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16574 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16575 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16577 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16578 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16579 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16580 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16582 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16583 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16585 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16587 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16588 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16589 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16591 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16592 macro.
16594 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16595 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16597 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16598 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16599 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16601 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16602 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16607 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16608 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16609 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16611 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16613 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16614 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16615 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16616 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16618 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16619 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16621 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16623 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16624 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16625 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16627 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16629 ;;;***
16631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16632 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16635 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16636 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16637 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16639 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16642 \(fn)" nil nil)
16644 ;;;***
16646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21415 30982
16647 ;;;;;; 815536 0))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16650 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16652 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16653 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16655 \(fn)" t nil)
16657 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16658 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16659 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16660 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16662 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16663 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16664 none / 1 | yes | no
16665 2 | yes | yes
16666 3 | no | yes
16667 4 | no | no
16669 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16670 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16671 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16673 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16675 ;;;***
16677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16678 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16681 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16684 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16686 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16687 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16688 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16689 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16690 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16691 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16693 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16694 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16696 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16698 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16699 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16701 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16703 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16706 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16708 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16713 ;;;***
16715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16716 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16719 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16720 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16721 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16722 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16724 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16726 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16727 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16728 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16730 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16732 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16733 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16734 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16736 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16738 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16739 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16740 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16741 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16743 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16745 ;;;***
16747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16748 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16751 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16752 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16753 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16754 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16755 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16756 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16757 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16758 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16760 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16761 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16764 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16766 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16768 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16769 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16770 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16771 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16772 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16773 `latin1-display-setup'.
16775 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16777 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16778 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16779 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16780 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16783 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16785 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16787 ;;;***
16789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16790 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16793 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16794 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16796 \(fn)" t nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16803 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16804 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16805 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16806 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16807 generations (this defaults to 1).
16809 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16811 ;;;***
16813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16815 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16817 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16818 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16821 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16823 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16827 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16828 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16829 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16832 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16834 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16836 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16837 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16838 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16839 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16840 ARG is omitted or nil.
16842 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16843 `linum-on' would do it.
16844 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16848 ;;;***
16850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 431149
16851 ;;;;;; 0))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16854 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16855 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16856 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16857 is nil, raise an error.
16859 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16860 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16861 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16862 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16863 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16864 defined by the library.
16866 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16867 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16868 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16869 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16870 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16871 proceeds.
16873 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16874 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16875 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16876 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16878 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16880 ;;;***
16882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16885 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16886 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16887 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16889 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16891 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16892 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16893 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16894 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16896 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16897 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16898 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16899 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16900 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16901 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16902 the version.)
16904 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16905 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16907 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16908 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16910 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16911 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16913 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16915 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16916 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16917 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16918 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16919 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16920 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16921 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16922 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16923 to constrain a big search.
16925 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16927 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16928 except that FILTER is not optional.
16930 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16932 ;;;***
16934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21439 23977 68537
16935 ;;;;;; 0))
16936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16938 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16939 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16940 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16941 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16942 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16943 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16944 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16945 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16946 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16947 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16949 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16950 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16951 associated values:
16952 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16953 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16954 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16955 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16956 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16958 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16959 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16960 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16962 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16964 ;;;***
16966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 431149
16967 ;;;;;; 0))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16970 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16971 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16975 ;;;***
16977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16980 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16981 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16983 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16984 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16986 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16987 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16988 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16990 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16991 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16993 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16994 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16995 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16996 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16997 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16998 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16999 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17001 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17003 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17004 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17005 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17006 switch on this list.
17007 See `lpr-command'.")
17009 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17011 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17012 Name of program for printing a file.
17014 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17015 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17016 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17017 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17018 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17019 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17020 argument.")
17022 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17024 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17025 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17026 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17027 for customization of the printer command.
17029 \(fn)" t nil)
17031 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17032 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17034 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17035 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17036 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17037 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17039 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17040 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17042 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17043 for further customization of the printer command.
17045 \(fn)" t nil)
17047 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17048 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17049 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17050 for customization of the printer command.
17052 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17054 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17055 Paginate and print the region contents.
17057 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17058 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17059 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17060 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17062 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17063 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17065 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17066 for further customization of the printer command.
17068 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17070 ;;;***
17072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17073 ;;;;;; 0))
17074 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17076 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17077 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17078 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17080 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17082 ;;;***
17084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 431149
17085 ;;;;;; 0))
17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17088 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17089 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17090 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17091 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17097 ;;;***
17099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17103 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17104 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17106 \(fn)" t nil)
17108 ;;;***
17110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17111 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17113 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17114 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17115 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17116 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17117 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17119 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17121 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17122 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17123 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17124 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17125 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17127 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17128 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17129 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17130 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17131 bindings.
17133 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17134 use this command, and then save the file.
17136 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17138 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17139 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17140 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17141 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17142 each time the macro executes.
17143 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17144 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17145 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17146 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17147 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17148 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17149 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17151 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17153 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17154 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17155 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17156 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17158 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17159 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17160 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17161 execute.
17163 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17164 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17166 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17167 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17168 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17169 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17170 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17172 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17173 looked like this:
17175 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17176 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17177 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17179 You could enter the names in this format:
17185 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17187 \\C-x (
17188 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17189 \\C-x )
17191 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17192 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17194 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17195 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17197 ;;;***
17199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17200 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17203 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17204 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17205 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17206 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17207 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17208 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17210 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17211 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17212 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17213 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17214 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17216 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17217 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17218 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17219 consing a string.)
17221 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17223 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17224 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17226 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17228 ;;;***
17230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17231 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17234 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17235 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17237 \(fn)" nil nil)
17239 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17242 \(fn)" nil nil)
17244 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17245 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17247 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17249 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17250 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17251 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17252 message.
17254 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17256 \(fn)" nil nil)
17258 ;;;***
17260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17261 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17264 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17265 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17266 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17267 often correct parser.")
17269 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17271 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17272 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17273 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17274 a value which excludes your own email address.
17276 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17277 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17281 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17282 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17284 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17286 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17287 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17288 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17289 we return it unconverted.
17291 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17292 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17294 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17297 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17298 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17299 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17301 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17303 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17304 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17308 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17310 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17311 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17312 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17313 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17314 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17315 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17316 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17317 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17318 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17319 as Rmail does.
17321 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17323 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17324 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17325 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17326 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17327 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17328 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17329 matches may be returned from the message body.
17331 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17333 ;;;***
17335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17336 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17339 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17340 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17341 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17344 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17346 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17348 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17349 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17351 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17352 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17354 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17355 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17356 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17357 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17361 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17362 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17364 \(fn)" nil nil)
17366 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17367 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17368 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17370 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17372 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17373 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17374 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17376 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17377 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17378 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17379 double-quotes.
17381 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17383 ;;;***
17385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17386 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17389 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17390 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17391 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17392 king@grassland.com
17393 If `parens', they look like:
17394 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17395 If `angles', they look like:
17396 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17398 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17400 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17401 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17402 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17403 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17404 their `Resent-' variants.
17406 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17407 removed from alias expansions.
17409 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17411 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17412 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17413 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17415 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17416 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17417 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17418 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17420 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17422 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17423 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17424 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17426 \(fn)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17429 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17430 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17431 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17433 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17435 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17437 ;;;***
17439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17440 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17443 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17444 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17445 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17446 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17448 \(fn)" nil nil)
17450 ;;;***
17452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17453 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17456 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17457 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17459 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17460 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17461 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17462 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17463 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17464 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17466 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17467 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17468 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17469 dependency, despite the colon.
17471 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17473 In the browser, use the following keys:
17475 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17477 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17479 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17480 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17482 `makefile-target-colon':
17483 The string that gets appended to all target names
17484 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17485 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17487 `makefile-macro-assign':
17488 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17489 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17490 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17491 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17492 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17493 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17495 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17496 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17497 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17499 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17500 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17502 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17503 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17504 up or down in the browser.
17506 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17507 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17509 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17510 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17512 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17513 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17514 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17515 has been selected in the browser.
17517 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17518 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17519 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17520 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17521 filenames are omitted.
17523 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17524 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17525 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17526 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17527 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17528 the backslash itself intact.
17529 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17530 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17532 `makefile-browser-hook':
17533 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17534 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17536 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17537 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17538 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17539 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17541 \(fn)" t nil)
17543 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17544 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17546 \(fn)" t nil)
17548 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17549 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17551 \(fn)" t nil)
17553 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17554 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17556 \(fn)" t nil)
17558 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17559 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17561 \(fn)" t nil)
17563 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17564 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17566 \(fn)" t nil)
17568 ;;;***
17570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 431149
17571 ;;;;;; 0))
17572 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17574 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17575 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17576 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17578 \(fn)" t nil)
17580 ;;;***
17582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17583 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17585 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17587 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17588 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17589 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17590 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17591 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17592 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17593 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17594 page, it will display immediately.
17596 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17597 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17598 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17600 cat(1)
17601 1 cat
17603 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17604 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17605 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17606 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17608 -a chmod
17610 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17611 otherwise look like a page name.
17613 /my/file/name.1.gz
17614 -l somefile.1
17616 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17617 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17618 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17620 -k pattern
17622 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17624 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17625 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17627 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17629 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17630 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17632 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17634 ;;;***
17636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17638 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17640 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17641 Toggle Master mode.
17642 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17643 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17644 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17646 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17647 using the following commands:
17649 \\{master-mode-map}
17651 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17652 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17653 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17657 ;;;***
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 431149
17660 ;;;;;; 0))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17663 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17664 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17665 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17668 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17670 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17672 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17673 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17674 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17675 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17676 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17678 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17679 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17680 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17681 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17685 ;;;***
17687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17689 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17691 ;;;***
17693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 431149
17694 ;;;;;; 0))
17695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17697 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17699 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17700 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17701 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17702 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17703 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17704 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17705 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17706 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17707 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17708 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17709 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17710 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17711 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17712 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17713 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17714 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17715 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17716 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17717 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17718 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17719 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17720 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17721 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17722 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17723 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17724 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17725 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17726 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17727 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17728 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17729 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17730 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17731 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17732 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17733 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17734 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17735 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17736 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17738 \(fn)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17741 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17742 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17743 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17744 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17746 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17749 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17751 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17753 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17754 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17756 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17759 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17761 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17764 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17765 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17767 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17769 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17770 Cancel an article you posted.
17771 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17776 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17777 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17778 header line with the old Message-ID.
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17783 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17785 \(fn)" t nil)
17787 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17788 Forward the current message via mail.
17789 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17790 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17792 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17797 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17799 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17802 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17805 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17810 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17812 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17814 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17815 Re-mail the current message.
17816 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17817 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17818 you.
17820 \(fn)" t nil)
17822 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17823 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17825 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17827 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17828 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17830 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17833 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17835 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17837 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17838 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17840 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17843 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17844 Works by overstriking characters.
17845 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17846 which specify the range to operate on.
17848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17850 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17851 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17852 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17853 which specify the range to operate on.
17855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17857 ;;;***
17859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17860 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17862 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17864 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17865 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17867 \(fn)" t nil)
17869 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17870 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17874 ;;;***
17876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17877 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17880 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17881 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17882 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17886 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17887 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17888 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17889 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17890 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17891 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17892 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17894 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17896 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17897 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17898 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17899 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17900 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17901 means current).
17902 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17903 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17905 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17908 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17909 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17910 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17911 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17912 means current).
17913 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17914 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17916 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17918 ;;;***
17920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21546 52205 704969
17921 ;;;;;; 0))
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17924 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17925 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17926 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17928 \(fn)" t nil)
17930 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17931 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17932 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17937 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17939 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17940 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17941 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17943 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17944 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17946 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17947 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17949 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17951 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17953 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17954 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17955 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17956 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17957 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17958 as `compose-mail'.
17960 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17961 initial Subject field, respectively.
17963 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17964 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17965 are strings.
17967 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17968 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17970 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17972 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17973 Save draft and send message.
17975 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17976 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17977 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17978 Mail Delivery*\".
17980 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17981 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17982 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17984 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17985 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17986 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17987 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17988 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17989 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17991 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17992 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17994 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17995 message and scan line.
17997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17999 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18000 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18002 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18003 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18004 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18005 delete the draft message.
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18009 ;;;***
18011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21546 52205 704969 0))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18013 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18015 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18017 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18019 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18021 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18022 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18024 \(fn)" t nil)
18026 ;;;***
18028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
18029 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18032 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18033 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18034 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18036 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18037 the MH mail system.
18039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18041 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18042 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18043 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18045 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18046 the MH mail system.
18048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18050 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18051 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18053 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18054 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18055 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18056 separate command.
18058 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18059 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18060 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18061 format.
18063 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18065 Ranges
18066 ======
18067 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18068 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18069 can be used in several ways.
18071 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18072 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18073 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18074 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18075 page):
18077 <num1>-<num2>
18078 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18079 The range must be nonempty.
18081 <num>:N
18082 <num>:+N
18083 <num>:-N
18084 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18085 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18086 last.
18088 first:N
18089 prev:N
18090 next:N
18091 last:N
18092 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18095 All of the messages.
18097 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18098 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18100 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18101 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18102 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18104 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18106 \(fn)" t nil)
18108 ;;;***
18110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 431149
18111 ;;;;;; 0))
18112 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18114 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18115 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18116 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18117 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18118 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18119 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18120 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18121 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18122 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18123 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18124 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18126 \(fn)" t nil)
18128 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18129 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18130 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18131 to its second argument TM.
18133 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18135 ;;;***
18137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18138 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18139 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18141 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18142 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18143 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18146 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18148 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18150 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18151 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18153 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18154 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18156 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18157 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18158 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18159 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18160 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18161 is modified to remove the default indication.
18163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18165 ;;;***
18167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18170 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18171 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18172 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18173 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18174 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18175 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18176 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18177 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18178 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18180 \(fn)" t nil)
18182 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18183 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18184 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18185 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18186 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18187 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18188 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18189 The return value is always nil.
18191 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18193 ;;;***
18195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 431149
18196 ;;;;;; 0))
18197 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18198 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18200 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18201 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18203 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18204 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18205 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18206 next occurrence.
18208 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18209 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18210 end of the search space).
18212 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18213 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18214 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18215 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18216 should return the previous buffer to search.
18218 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18219 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18220 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18222 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18223 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18224 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18225 Isearch starts.")
18227 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18228 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18229 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18231 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18232 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18233 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18235 \(fn)" nil nil)
18237 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18238 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18239 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18240 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18241 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18242 whose names match the specified regexp.
18244 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18246 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18247 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18248 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18249 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18250 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18251 whose names match the specified regexp.
18253 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18255 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18256 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18257 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18258 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18259 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18260 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18261 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18263 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18265 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18266 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18267 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18268 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18269 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18270 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18271 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18273 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18275 ;;;***
18277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18278 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18280 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18282 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18283 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18285 \(fn)" t nil)
18287 ;;;***
18289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18290 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18293 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18294 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18296 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18298 ;;;***
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18301 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18304 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18305 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18307 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18309 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18310 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18311 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18312 the entire message.
18313 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18315 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18317 ;;;***
18319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18320 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18323 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18324 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18325 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18326 the entire message.
18327 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18329 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18331 ;;;***
18333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 431149
18334 ;;;;;; 0))
18335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18337 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18338 Insert file contents of URL.
18339 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18343 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18344 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18346 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18348 ;;;***
18350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 431149
18351 ;;;;;; 0))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18354 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18355 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18356 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18357 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18358 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18360 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18362 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18363 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18364 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18366 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21548 39298 812747 0))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18373 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18374 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18376 \(fn)" nil nil)
18378 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18379 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18380 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18381 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18382 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18384 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18385 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18386 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18387 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18388 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18389 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18391 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18393 ;;;***
18395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 431149
18396 ;;;;;; 0))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18399 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18402 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18404 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18407 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18409 ;;;***
18411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 431149
18412 ;;;;;; 0))
18413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18418 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18423 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18428 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18433 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18438 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18443 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18448 \(fn)" nil nil)
18450 ;;;***
18452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18453 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18454 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18456 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18458 ;;;***
18460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18461 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18464 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18466 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18467 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18468 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18469 followed by the first character of the construct.
18470 \\<m2-mode-map>
18471 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18472 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18473 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18474 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18475 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18476 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18477 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18478 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18479 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18480 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18481 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18482 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18483 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18484 \\[m2-link] link
18486 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18487 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18488 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18490 \(fn)" t nil)
18492 ;;;***
18494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 431149
18495 ;;;;;; 0))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18498 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18499 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18501 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18503 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18504 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18506 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18508 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18509 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18511 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18513 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18514 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18516 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18518 ;;;***
18520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 431149
18521 ;;;;;; 0))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18524 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18525 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18527 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18528 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18529 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18531 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18532 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18533 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18535 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18536 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18538 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18539 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18540 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18541 hemisphere you're in.)
18543 To test this function, evaluate:
18544 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18546 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18548 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18549 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18551 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18552 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18554 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18555 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18556 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18558 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18559 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18561 To test this function, evaluate:
18562 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18564 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18566 ;;;***
18568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18571 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18572 Main entry point for MPC.
18574 \(fn)" t nil)
18576 ;;;***
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18581 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18582 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18591 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18592 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18593 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18596 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18598 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18600 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18601 Toggle Msb mode.
18602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18606 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18607 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18611 ;;;***
18613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18614 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18617 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all character sets.
18620 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18621 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18622 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18623 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18624 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18626 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18627 but still shows the full information.
18629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18631 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18632 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18633 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18635 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18636 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18637 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18638 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18639 meanings of these arguments.
18641 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18643 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18648 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18651 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18656 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18658 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18661 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18662 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18663 in place of `..':
18664 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18665 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18666 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18667 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18668 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18669 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18670 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18671 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18672 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18675 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18676 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18677 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18678 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18679 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18683 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18686 \(fn)" t nil)
18688 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of all coding systems.
18690 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18692 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18693 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18697 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display a list of all coding categories.
18700 \(fn)" nil nil)
18702 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18703 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18704 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18706 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display information about FONTSET.
18710 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18712 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18714 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18715 Display a list of all fontsets.
18716 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18717 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18718 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18722 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display information about all input methods.
18725 \(fn)" t nil)
18727 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18728 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18730 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18731 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18732 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18733 system which uses fontsets).
18735 \(fn)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18738 Show log of font listing and opening.
18739 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18740 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18742 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18744 ;;;***
18746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18747 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18750 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18751 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18753 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18754 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18756 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18757 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18759 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18762 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18763 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18764 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18765 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18766 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18767 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18769 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18770 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18771 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18772 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18773 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18774 middle of a character in STR.
18776 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18777 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18779 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18780 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18781 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18782 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18783 defaults to \"...\".
18785 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18787 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18788 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18790 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18791 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18792 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18794 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18795 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18796 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18798 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18799 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18800 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18801 are considered.
18802 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18803 longer than KEYSEQ.
18804 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18806 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18808 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18809 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18810 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18811 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18812 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18813 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18814 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18815 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18816 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18817 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18818 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18820 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18822 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18833 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18835 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18837 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18838 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18840 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18843 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18844 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18845 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18846 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18848 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18849 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18851 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18852 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18853 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18854 coding systems ordered by priority.
18856 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18858 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18860 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18861 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18862 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18863 language environment LANG-ENV.
18865 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18867 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18868 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18869 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18870 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18871 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18872 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18874 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18876 ;;;***
18878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18879 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18882 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18883 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18885 \(fn)" t nil)
18887 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18888 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18890 \(fn)" t nil)
18892 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18893 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18895 \(fn)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18898 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18900 \(fn)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18903 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18908 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18910 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18913 Ping HOST.
18914 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18915 `ping-program-options'.
18917 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18920 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18922 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18924 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18925 Run nslookup program.
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18930 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18932 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18934 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18935 Run dig program.
18937 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18940 Run ftp program.
18942 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18945 Finger USER on HOST.
18947 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18949 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18950 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18951 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18952 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18954 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18959 \(fn)" t nil)
18961 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18962 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18964 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18967 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18969 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18971 ;;;***
18973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 431149
18974 ;;;;;; 0))
18975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18977 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18978 Return a user name/password pair.
18979 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18980 listed in the PORTS list.
18982 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18984 ;;;***
18986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18987 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18988 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18990 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18991 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18992 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18993 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18994 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18995 closes it.
18997 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18998 make it unique.
18999 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19000 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19001 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19002 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19003 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19004 a port number to connect to.
19006 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19007 values:
19009 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19010 nil or `network'
19011 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19012 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19013 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19014 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19015 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19016 an unencrypted connection.
19017 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19018 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19019 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19020 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19021 returned object is a killed process.
19022 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19023 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19024 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19026 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19027 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19028 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19029 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19030 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19031 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19032 or nil if none could be found.
19033 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19034 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19036 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19038 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19039 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19040 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19042 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19043 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19044 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19046 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19047 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19048 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19050 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19051 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19052 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19053 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19055 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19056 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19058 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19059 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19060 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19061 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19062 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19063 or STARTTLS connections.
19065 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19066 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19068 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19069 a greeting from the server.
19071 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19072 asynchronously, if possible.
19074 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19076 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19078 ;;;***
19080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19081 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19084 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19085 Check whether newsticker is running.
19086 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19087 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19089 \(fn)" nil nil)
19091 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19092 Start the newsticker.
19093 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19094 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19095 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19096 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19098 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19100 ;;;***
19102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19103 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
19104 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19106 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19107 Start newsticker plainview.
19109 \(fn)" t nil)
19111 ;;;***
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19114 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19117 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19118 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19120 \(fn)" t nil)
19122 ;;;***
19124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19125 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19128 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19129 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19130 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19131 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19132 empty.
19134 \(fn)" nil nil)
19136 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19137 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19138 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19139 running already.
19141 \(fn)" t nil)
19143 ;;;***
19145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19146 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19149 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19150 Start newsticker treeview.
19152 \(fn)" t nil)
19154 ;;;***
19156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19157 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19159 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19161 ;;;***
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 431149
19164 ;;;;;; 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19167 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19168 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19170 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19172 ;;;***
19174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
19175 ;;;;;; 0))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19178 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19179 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19180 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19181 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19182 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19183 symbol in the alist.
19185 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19187 ;;;***
19189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19190 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19193 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19194 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19195 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19197 \(fn)" t nil)
19199 ;;;***
19201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19204 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19205 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19207 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19209 ;;;***
19211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19214 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19216 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19217 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19218 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19220 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19223 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19225 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19226 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19227 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19228 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19229 to future sessions.
19231 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19233 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19234 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19235 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19236 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19237 future sessions.
19239 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19241 ;;;***
19243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19244 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19247 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19248 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19249 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19250 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19251 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19252 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19254 \(fn)" t nil)
19256 ;;;***
19258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19260 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19262 ;;;***
19264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19265 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19268 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19269 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19270 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19271 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19273 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19275 ;;;***
19277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 39620
19278 ;;;;;; 652244 0))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19281 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19282 Major mode for editing XML.
19284 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19285 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19286 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19287 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19288 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19289 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19290 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19292 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19294 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19295 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19297 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19298 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19299 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19300 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19301 instead of C-c.
19303 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19304 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19305 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19306 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19307 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19308 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19310 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19311 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19312 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19314 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19315 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19316 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19318 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19319 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19320 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19321 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19322 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19323 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19324 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19325 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19326 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19328 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19330 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19331 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19333 \(fn)" t nil)
19334 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19336 ;;;***
19338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19339 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19340 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19342 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19343 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19344 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19345 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19347 \(fn)" t nil)
19349 ;;;***
19351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21430 7105
19352 ;;;;;; 839163 0))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19355 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19356 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19358 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19359 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19360 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19361 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19363 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19365 Key bindings:
19366 \\{octave-mode-map}
19368 \(fn)" t nil)
19370 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19371 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19372 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19374 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19376 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19377 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19379 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19380 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19381 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19385 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19387 ;;;***
19389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19390 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19393 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19395 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19396 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19397 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19398 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19399 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19401 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19403 Customization:
19405 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19406 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19407 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19408 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19409 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19410 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19411 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19412 Directories to search when finding external units.
19413 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19414 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19416 Coloring:
19418 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19419 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19421 \(fn)" t nil)
19423 ;;;***
19425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21562 51850 729888 0))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19428 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19429 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19431 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19433 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19434 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19435 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19436 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19437 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19438 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19440 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19442 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19443 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19444 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19445 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19446 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19448 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19450 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19451 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19453 \(fn)" nil nil)
19455 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19456 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19458 \(fn)" nil nil)
19460 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19461 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19462 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19464 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19465 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19466 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19467 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19468 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19469 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19470 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19471 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19472 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19473 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19475 The following commands are available:
19477 \\{org-mode-map}
19479 \(fn)" t nil)
19481 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19482 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19484 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19485 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19486 in special contexts.
19488 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19489 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19490 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19491 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19492 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19493 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19494 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19495 properties in the buffer.
19496 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19497 including any drawers.
19499 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19501 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19502 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19503 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19504 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19505 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19506 and zoom in further.
19507 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19508 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19510 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19511 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19512 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19513 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19514 times right after creating a new headline.
19516 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19517 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19518 is negative, go up that many levels.
19520 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19521 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19522 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19524 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19525 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19526 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19527 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19531 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19532 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19533 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19534 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19539 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19540 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19541 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19542 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19543 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19544 defined by Org-mode).
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19548 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19549 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19551 \(fn)" nil nil)
19553 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19554 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19556 \(fn)" nil nil)
19558 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19559 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19560 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19561 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19562 call CMD.
19564 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19566 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19567 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19568 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19569 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19571 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19572 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19573 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19575 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19576 part of Org's core.
19578 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19579 active region.
19581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19583 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19584 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19585 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19587 \(fn)" t nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19590 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19591 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19592 Org-mode syntax.
19594 \(fn)" t nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19597 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19599 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19601 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19602 Switch between Org buffers.
19603 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19604 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19606 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19607 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19611 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19613 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19615 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19616 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19617 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19618 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19620 \(fn)" t nil)
19622 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19623 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19625 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19627 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19628 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19629 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19631 \(fn)" t nil)
19633 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19634 Reload all org lisp files.
19635 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19637 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19639 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19640 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19644 ;;;***
19646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21563 5239
19647 ;;;;;; 893217 0))
19648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19650 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19651 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19655 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19656 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19657 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19658 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19660 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19661 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19662 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19663 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19664 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19665 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19666 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19667 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19668 e Export views to associated files.
19669 s Search entries for keywords.
19670 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19671 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19672 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19673 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19674 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19675 > Remove a previous restriction.
19676 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19677 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19678 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19680 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19681 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19682 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19684 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19685 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19686 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19687 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19688 \(if active).
19690 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19693 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19694 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19695 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19696 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19697 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19698 before running the agenda command.
19700 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19702 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19703 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19704 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19705 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19706 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19707 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19708 before running the agenda command.
19710 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19711 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19713 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19715 category The category of the item
19716 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19717 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19718 todo selected in TODO match
19719 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19720 diary imported from diary
19721 deadline a deadline on given date
19722 scheduled scheduled on given date
19723 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19724 closed entry was closed on given date
19725 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19726 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19727 block entry has date block including g. date
19728 todo The todo keyword, if any
19729 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19730 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19731 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19732 extra Sting with extra planning info
19733 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19734 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19735 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19737 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19739 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19740 Store agenda views.
19742 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19745 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19747 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19749 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19750 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19751 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19752 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19754 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19755 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19756 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19758 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19759 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19761 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19762 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19764 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19767 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19769 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19770 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19771 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19772 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19773 EDIT-AT.
19775 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19776 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19777 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19778 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19779 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19780 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19782 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19783 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19784 including newlines.
19786 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19787 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19788 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19789 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19790 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19791 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19792 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19794 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19795 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19796 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19797 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19799 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19800 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19801 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19802 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19803 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19804 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19805 Boolean search must match as full words.
19807 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19808 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19810 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19812 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19813 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19814 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19815 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19816 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19817 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19821 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19822 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19823 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19825 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19827 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19828 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19829 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19830 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19831 `org-stuck-projects'.
19833 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19835 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19836 Return diary information from org files.
19837 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19838 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19839 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19840 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19841 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19843 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19845 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19847 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19848 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19850 &%%(org-diary)
19852 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19853 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19854 So the example above may also be written as
19856 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19858 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19859 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19860 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19862 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19864 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19865 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19867 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19869 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19870 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19871 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19872 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19873 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19875 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19877 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19878 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19879 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19881 \(fn)" t nil)
19883 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19884 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19885 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19886 appointments.
19888 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19889 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19891 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19892 for filtering entries out.
19894 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19895 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19896 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19898 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19899 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19901 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19902 (category \"Work\"))
19904 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19905 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19907 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19908 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19909 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19910 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19911 details and examples.
19913 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19914 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19916 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19918 ;;;***
19920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21550 48530
19921 ;;;;;; 321434 0))
19922 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19924 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19925 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19927 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19929 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19930 Capture something.
19931 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19932 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19933 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19934 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19935 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19936 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19938 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19939 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19940 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19941 stored.
19943 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19945 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19946 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19947 will be bypassed.
19949 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19950 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19951 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19952 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19954 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19956 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19957 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19959 \(fn)" t nil)
19961 ;;;***
19963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19964 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19965 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19967 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19968 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19970 \(fn)" t nil)
19972 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19975 \(fn)" nil nil)
19977 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19978 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19979 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19981 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19983 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19984 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19986 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19988 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19989 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19991 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19993 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19994 Write the column view table.
19995 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19997 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19998 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19999 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20000 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20001 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20002 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20003 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20004 using `org-id-find'.
20005 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20006 a hline before each level <= that number.
20007 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20008 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20009 :skip-empty-rows
20010 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20011 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20013 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20016 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20018 \(fn)" t nil)
20020 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20021 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20025 ;;;***
20027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21550 48530
20028 ;;;;;; 321434 0))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20031 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20032 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20034 \(fn)" nil t)
20036 ;;;***
20038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21550 48530 321434
20039 ;;;;;; 0))
20040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20042 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20043 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20045 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20047 ;;;***
20049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21563 5239
20050 ;;;;;; 893217 0))
20051 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20053 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20054 The release version of org-mode.
20055 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20057 \(fn)" nil nil)
20059 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20060 The Git version of org-mode.
20061 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20063 \(fn)" nil nil)
20065 ;;;***
20067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 431149
20068 ;;;;;; 0))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20070 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20071 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20073 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20074 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20075 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20076 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20078 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20079 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20080 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20081 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20083 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20084 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20085 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20086 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20087 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20088 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20090 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20091 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20092 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20094 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20095 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20096 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20097 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20098 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20099 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20100 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20101 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20102 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20103 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20104 The subheadings remain visible.
20105 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20107 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20108 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20109 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20111 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20112 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20114 \(fn)" t nil)
20116 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20117 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20122 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20125 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20127 ;;;***
20129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21548 39298
20130 ;;;;;; 812747 0))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20132 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20134 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20135 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20136 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20137 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20138 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20140 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20141 activate the package system at any time.")
20143 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20145 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20146 Install the package PKG.
20147 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20148 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20150 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20152 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20153 Install a package from the current buffer.
20154 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20155 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20156 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20158 \(fn)" t nil)
20160 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20161 Install a package from a file.
20162 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20164 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20166 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20167 Import keys from FILE.
20169 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20171 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20172 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20173 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20174 makes them available for download.
20176 \(fn)" t nil)
20178 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20179 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20180 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20181 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20183 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20185 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20186 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20188 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20190 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20191 Display a list of packages.
20192 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20193 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20194 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20196 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20198 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20200 ;;;***
20202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20205 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20206 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20207 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20210 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20212 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20214 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20215 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20217 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20218 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20220 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20221 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20222 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20226 ;;;***
20228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20229 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20231 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20233 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20234 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20235 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20236 unknown are returned as nil.
20238 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20240 ;;;***
20242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21423 29528
20243 ;;;;;; 125035 469000))
20244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20246 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20247 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20248 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20250 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20251 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20253 Other useful functions are:
20255 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20256 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20257 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20258 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20259 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20260 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20261 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20262 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20263 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20265 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20267 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20268 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20269 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20270 Indentation for case statements.
20271 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20272 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20273 mark after an end.
20274 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20275 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20276 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20277 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20278 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20279 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20280 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20281 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20282 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20283 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20285 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20286 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20288 \(fn)" t nil)
20290 ;;;***
20292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20293 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20296 (defvar password-cache t "\
20297 Whether to cache passwords.")
20299 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20301 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20302 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20303 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20305 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20307 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20308 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20310 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20312 ;;;***
20314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20315 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20318 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20319 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20320 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20322 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20323 _ matches anything.
20324 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20325 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20326 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20327 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20328 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20329 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20330 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20331 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20332 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20333 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20335 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20336 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20337 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20338 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20339 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20340 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20342 PRED can take the form
20343 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20344 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20345 which is the value being matched.
20346 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20347 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20348 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20349 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20350 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20352 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20354 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20356 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20357 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20358 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20359 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20361 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20363 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20365 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20366 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20367 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20368 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20370 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20372 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20374 ;;;***
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20377 ;;;;;; 0))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20381 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20383 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385 ;;;***
20387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 431149
20388 ;;;;;; 0))
20389 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20392 Completion for `gzip'.
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20397 Completion for `bzip2'.
20399 \(fn)" nil nil)
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20402 Completion for GNU `make'.
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20407 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20413 ;;;***
20415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20416 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20420 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20425 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20427 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20430 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434 ;;;***
20436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 431149
20437 ;;;;;; 0))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20441 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20445 ;;;***
20447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 431149
20448 ;;;;;; 0))
20449 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20452 Completion for `cd'.
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20458 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20459 Completion for `rmdir'.
20461 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20464 Completion for `rm'.
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20468 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20469 Completion for `xargs'.
20471 \(fn)" nil nil)
20473 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20476 Completion for `which'.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20481 Completion for the `chown' command.
20483 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20486 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20491 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20493 \(fn)" nil nil)
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20497 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20499 \(fn)" nil nil)
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
20504 ;;;;;; 0))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20508 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20513 Completion for the `ack' command.
20514 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20515 long options.
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20522 Completion for the `ag' command.
20524 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526 ;;;***
20528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
20529 ;;;;;; 0))
20530 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20533 Support extensible programmable completion.
20534 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20535 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20537 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20540 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20542 \(fn)" t nil)
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20545 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20546 This will modify the current buffer.
20548 \(fn)" t nil)
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20551 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20553 \(fn)" t nil)
20555 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20556 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20557 This will modify the current buffer.
20559 \(fn)" t nil)
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20562 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20564 \(fn)" t nil)
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20567 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20569 \(fn)" t nil)
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20572 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20573 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20574 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20575 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20577 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20579 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20580 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20582 \(fn)" nil nil)
20584 ;;;***
20586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20589 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20590 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20591 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20592 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20594 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20596 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20598 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20599 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20604 FLAGS is ignored.
20606 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20608 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20609 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20610 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20612 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20613 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20614 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20615 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20617 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20620 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20621 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20622 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20623 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20624 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20625 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20626 passed to cvs.
20628 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20630 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20631 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20632 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20633 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20634 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20635 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20636 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20638 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20640 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20641 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20642 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20644 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20646 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20647 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20648 A value of nil means never do it.
20649 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20650 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20651 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20653 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20655 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20656 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20657 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20659 ;;;***
20661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20662 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20663 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20665 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20666 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20668 ;;;***
20670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20671 ;;;;;; 23900 988149 0))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20673 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20674 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20675 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20676 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20677 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20678 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20680 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20681 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20682 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20683 Tab indents for Perl code.
20684 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20685 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20686 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20687 \\{perl-mode-map}
20688 Variables controlling indentation style:
20689 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20690 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20691 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20692 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20693 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20694 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20695 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20696 `perl-nochange'
20697 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20698 `perl-indent-level'
20699 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20700 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20701 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20702 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20703 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20704 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20705 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20706 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20707 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20708 `perl-brace-offset'
20709 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20710 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20711 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20712 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20713 `perl-label-offset'
20714 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20715 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20716 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20718 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20719 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20720 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20721 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20722 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20723 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20724 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20726 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20728 \(fn)" t nil)
20730 ;;;***
20732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 46255
20733 ;;;;;; 468379 0))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20736 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20737 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20738 \\<picture-mode-map>
20739 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20740 afterwards settable by these commands:
20742 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20743 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20744 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20745 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20747 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20748 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20749 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20750 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20752 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20753 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20754 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20755 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20757 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20758 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20759 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20760 with these commands:
20762 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20763 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20764 Move to column following last
20765 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20766 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20767 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20768 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20769 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20770 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20772 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20774 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20775 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20776 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20777 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20778 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20779 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20781 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20782 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20783 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20784 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20785 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20786 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20787 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20789 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20790 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20791 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20792 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20793 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20794 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20795 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20796 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20798 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20799 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20800 by supplying an argument.
20802 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20804 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20805 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20807 \(fn)" t nil)
20809 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20811 ;;;***
20813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 431149
20814 ;;;;;; 0))
20815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20817 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20818 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20822 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20823 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20825 \(fn)" t nil)
20827 ;;;***
20829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 431149
20830 ;;;;;; 0))
20831 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20833 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20834 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20835 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20837 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20839 ;;;***
20841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20844 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20845 Play pong and waste time.
20846 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20847 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20849 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20851 \\{pong-mode-map}
20853 \(fn)" t nil)
20855 ;;;***
20857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20860 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20861 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20862 Use streaming commands.
20864 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20866 ;;;***
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21428 61556 603934
20869 ;;;;;; 0))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20872 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20873 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20874 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20875 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20877 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20879 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20880 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20882 \(fn)" nil nil)
20884 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20885 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20886 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20887 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20888 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20890 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20892 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20893 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20894 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20896 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20898 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20899 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20901 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20903 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20904 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20905 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20906 Ignores leading comment characters.
20908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20910 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20911 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20912 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20913 Ignores leading comment characters.
20915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20917 ;;;***
20919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21358 40001 706245
20920 ;;;;;; 561000))
20921 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20922 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20924 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20925 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20927 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20929 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20931 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20933 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20934 Preview directory using ghostview.
20936 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20937 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20938 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20939 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20941 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20942 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20943 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20944 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20945 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20946 file name.
20948 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20950 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20952 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20953 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20955 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20956 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20957 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20958 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20960 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20961 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20962 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20963 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20964 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20965 file name.
20967 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20969 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20972 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20974 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20975 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20976 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20977 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20980 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20981 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20982 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20983 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20984 file name.
20986 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20988 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20990 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20991 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20993 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20995 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20996 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20997 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20998 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21000 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21001 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21002 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21003 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21004 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21005 file name.
21007 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21009 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21011 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21012 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21014 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21015 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21016 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21018 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21019 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21020 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21021 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21025 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21026 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21028 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21029 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21030 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21032 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21033 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21034 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21035 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21040 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21042 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21043 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21044 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21046 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21047 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21048 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21049 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21054 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21056 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21059 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21060 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21062 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21063 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21064 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21065 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21070 Preview region using ghostview.
21072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21076 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21077 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21084 Print region using PostScript printer.
21086 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21088 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21090 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21091 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21093 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21095 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21097 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21098 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21100 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21102 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21104 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21105 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21107 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21109 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21112 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21114 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21116 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21119 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21121 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21123 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21125 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21126 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21127 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21128 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21130 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21131 matching.
21133 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21134 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21136 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21138 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21140 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21141 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21142 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21143 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21145 \(fn)" t nil)
21147 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21148 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21149 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21150 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21152 \(fn)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21155 Print directory using text printer.
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21158 matching.
21160 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21161 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21163 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21165 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21168 Print buffer using text printer.
21170 \(fn)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21173 Print region using text printer.
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21177 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21178 Print major mode using text printer.
21180 \(fn)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21183 Preview spooled PostScript.
21185 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21186 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21187 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21189 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21190 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21191 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21196 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21198 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21199 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21200 instead of sending it to the printer.
21202 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21203 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21204 image in a file with that name.
21206 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21209 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21211 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21212 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21213 instead of sending it to the printer.
21215 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21216 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21217 image in a file with that name.
21219 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21222 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21224 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21225 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21226 instead of sending it to the printer.
21228 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21229 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21230 image in a file with that name.
21232 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21235 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21237 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21239 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21240 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21242 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21245 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21247 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21250 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21252 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21255 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21257 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21260 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21262 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21263 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21264 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21265 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21267 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21268 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21269 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21270 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21271 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21272 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21273 file name.
21275 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21278 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21283 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21285 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21286 right.
21287 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21288 bottom.
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21292 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21293 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21295 \(fn)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21298 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21303 Toggle printing with faces.
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21308 Toggle spooling.
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21313 Toggle duplex.
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21318 Toggle tumble.
21320 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21321 right.
21322 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21323 bottom.
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21328 Toggle landscape.
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21333 Toggle upside-down.
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21338 Toggle line number.
21340 \(fn)" t nil)
21342 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21343 Toggle zebra stripes.
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21348 Toggle printing header.
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21353 Toggle printing header frame.
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21358 Toggle menu lock.
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21363 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21368 Toggle auto mode.
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21373 Customization of the `printing' group.
21375 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21378 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21380 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21383 Help for the printing package.
21385 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21388 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21392 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21393 Interactively select a text printer.
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21397 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21398 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21400 \(fn)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21403 Show current ps-print settings.
21405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21407 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21408 Show current printing settings.
21410 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21413 Show current lpr settings.
21415 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21418 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21420 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21421 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21422 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21423 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21426 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21428 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21429 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21430 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21432 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21433 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21434 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21435 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21436 current active printer.
21438 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21439 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21440 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21441 printer.
21443 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21444 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21445 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21446 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21447 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21450 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21451 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21453 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21455 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21456 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21457 be done using the new current active printer.
21459 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21460 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21461 printer.
21463 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21464 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21465 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21466 instead of sending it to the printer.
21468 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21469 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21470 printer.
21472 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21475 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21476 are both set to t.
21478 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21480 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21481 Fast fire function for text printing.
21483 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21484 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21485 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21486 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21488 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21489 user for a new active text printer.
21491 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21493 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21495 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21496 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21497 printer.
21499 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21501 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21502 are both set to t.
21504 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21506 ;;;***
21508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21509 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21511 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21512 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21513 \\<proced-mode-map>
21514 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21515 the process information.
21517 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21519 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21520 Proced buffers.
21522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21524 ;;;***
21526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 431149
21527 ;;;;;; 0))
21528 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21530 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21531 Start/restart profilers.
21532 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21533 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21534 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21536 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21538 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21539 Open profile FILENAME.
21541 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21543 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21544 Open profile FILENAME.
21546 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21548 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21549 Open profile FILENAME.
21551 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21553 ;;;***
21555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21559 25723
21556 ;;;;;; 227256 0))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21559 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21560 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21562 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21563 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21565 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21567 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21568 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21570 Commands:
21571 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21573 \(fn)" t nil)
21575 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21576 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21577 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21579 \(fn)" t nil)
21581 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21582 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21583 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21587 ;;;***
21589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21592 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21593 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21594 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21596 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21598 ;;;***
21600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21601 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21603 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21605 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21606 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21608 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21610 The following variables hold user options, and can
21611 be set through the `customize' command:
21613 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21614 `ps-mode-tab'
21615 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21616 `ps-mode-print-function'
21617 `ps-run-prompt'
21618 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21619 `ps-run-x'
21620 `ps-run-dumb'
21621 `ps-run-init'
21622 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21623 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21625 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21628 \\{ps-mode-map}
21631 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21632 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21633 The keymap for this second window is:
21635 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21638 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21639 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21640 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21641 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21642 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21644 \(fn)" t nil)
21646 ;;;***
21648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21358 40055 584873
21649 ;;;;;; 719000))
21650 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21651 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21653 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21654 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21655 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21657 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21659 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21660 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21661 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21662 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21664 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21666 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21667 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21669 Valid values are:
21671 nil Do not print colors.
21673 t Print colors.
21675 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21676 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21678 Any other value is treated as t.")
21680 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21682 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21683 Customization of ps-print group.
21685 \(fn)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21690 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21691 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21692 sending it to the printer.
21694 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21695 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21696 image in a file with that name.
21698 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21700 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21701 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21702 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21703 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21704 so it has a way to determine color values.
21706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21708 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21709 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21710 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21712 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21716 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21717 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21718 so it has a way to determine color values.
21720 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21722 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21723 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21724 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21725 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21727 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21732 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21733 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21734 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21735 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21737 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21743 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21749 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21750 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21751 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21752 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21753 so it has a way to determine color values.
21755 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21757 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21760 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21762 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21763 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21764 instead of sending it to the printer.
21766 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21767 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21768 image in a file with that name.
21770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21772 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21773 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21774 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21775 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21776 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21778 \(fn)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21781 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21782 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21784 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21786 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21787 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21788 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21790 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21792 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21793 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21795 \(fn)" nil nil)
21797 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21798 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21800 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21801 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21803 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21804 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21806 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21808 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21810 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21812 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21813 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21816 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21818 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21819 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21821 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21823 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21825 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21827 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21828 foreground and background colors respectively.
21830 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21831 bold - use bold font.
21832 italic - use italic font.
21833 underline - put a line under text.
21834 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21835 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21836 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21837 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21838 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21840 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21842 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21844 ;;;***
21846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 431149
21847 ;;;;;; 0))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21849 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21851 ;;;***
21853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21562 51850
21854 ;;;;;; 729888 0))
21855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21856 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21858 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21860 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21862 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21863 Run an inferior Python process.
21864 Input and output via buffer named after
21865 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21866 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21868 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21869 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21870 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21871 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21873 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21874 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21875 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21877 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21879 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21880 Major mode for editing Python files.
21882 \\{python-mode-map}
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21886 ;;;***
21888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21891 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21892 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21893 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21894 coding-system.
21896 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21897 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21899 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21900 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21901 them into characters should be done separately.
21903 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21905 ;;;***
21907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21908 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21909 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21911 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21912 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21914 \(fn)" nil nil)
21916 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21917 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21918 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21920 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21921 `quail-activate', which see.
21923 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21925 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21926 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21927 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21928 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21929 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21930 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21931 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21933 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21934 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21935 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21936 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21937 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21938 shown.
21939 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21941 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21942 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21943 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21944 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21945 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21946 list of candidates.
21948 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21949 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21950 command to be called.
21952 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21953 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21954 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21955 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21957 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21958 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21959 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21960 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21961 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21962 to t.
21964 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21965 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21966 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21967 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21969 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21970 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21971 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21972 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21973 defines no translations for single character keys.
21975 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21976 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21977 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21978 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21979 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21980 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21982 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21983 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21984 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21985 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21986 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21987 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21989 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21990 covers Quail translation region.
21992 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21993 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21994 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21995 for it) is inserted.
21997 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21998 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21999 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22001 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22002 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22003 non-Quail commands.
22005 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22007 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22008 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22010 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22011 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22012 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22013 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22014 you type is correctly handled.
22016 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22018 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22019 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22021 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22022 keyboard type.
22024 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22026 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22027 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22028 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22029 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22030 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22031 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22032 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22033 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22034 for the translation.
22035 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22037 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22038 it is used to handle KEY.
22040 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22041 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22042 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22043 the following annotation types are supported.
22045 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22046 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22048 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22049 candidate list.
22051 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22052 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22053 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22054 inserted.
22056 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22057 generated for the following translations.
22059 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22061 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22062 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22064 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22065 which to install MAP.
22067 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22069 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22071 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22072 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22074 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22075 which to install MAP.
22077 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22079 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22081 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22082 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22083 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22084 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22085 a function, or a cons.
22086 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22087 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22088 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22089 for the translation.
22090 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22091 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22092 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22093 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22094 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22096 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22097 it is used to handle KEY.
22099 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22100 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22101 current Quail package.
22103 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22104 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22106 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22108 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22109 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22111 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22112 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22114 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22116 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22117 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22119 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22121 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22122 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22123 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22124 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22125 of the Emacs source tree.
22127 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22128 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22130 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22131 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22132 of each directory.
22134 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22136 ;;;***
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22139 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22140 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22142 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22143 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22144 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22145 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22147 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22149 ;;;***
22151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22152 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22155 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22156 Activate UCS input method.
22157 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22159 While this input method is active, the variable
22160 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22162 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22164 ;;;***
22166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 431149
22167 ;;;;;; 0))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22170 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22171 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22172 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22173 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22175 To make use of this do something like:
22177 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22179 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22181 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22182 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22184 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22185 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22186 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22188 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22190 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22191 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22193 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22195 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22196 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22198 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22199 is decided.
22201 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22203 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22204 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22206 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22207 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22208 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22210 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22212 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22213 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22215 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22217 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22218 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22220 \(fn)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22223 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22225 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22227 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22229 \(fn)" t nil)
22231 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22232 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22234 \(fn)" t nil)
22236 ;;;***
22238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 431149
22239 ;;;;;; 0))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22242 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22243 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22245 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22247 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22249 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22251 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22253 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22256 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22258 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22259 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22260 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22263 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22265 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22267 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22268 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22270 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22271 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22275 ;;;***
22277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22278 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22281 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22283 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22284 Construct a regexp interactively.
22285 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22286 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22287 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22289 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22290 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22292 \(fn)" t nil)
22294 ;;;***
22296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 431149
22297 ;;;;;; 0))
22298 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22300 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22301 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22302 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22305 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22307 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22309 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22310 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22313 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22315 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22316 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22317 were operated on recently.
22319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22321 ;;;***
22323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22326 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22327 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22328 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22329 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22330 ends.
22332 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22333 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22334 to be deleted.
22336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22338 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22340 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22343 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22344 deleted.
22346 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22348 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22350 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22352 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22354 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22355 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22357 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22358 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22360 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22361 deleted.
22363 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22364 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22365 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22366 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22367 even beep.)
22369 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22371 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22372 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22374 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22376 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22379 \(fn)" t nil)
22381 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22383 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22384 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22385 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22386 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22387 and point is at the lower right corner.
22389 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22391 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22394 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22395 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22397 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22398 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22399 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22401 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22403 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22405 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22407 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22408 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22409 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22411 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22412 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22414 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22417 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22418 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22420 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22422 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22424 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22426 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22427 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22429 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22430 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22431 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22433 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22435 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22437 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22439 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22440 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22441 rectangle which were empty.
22443 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22446 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22448 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22449 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22450 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22451 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22453 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22455 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22456 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22457 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22461 ;;;***
22463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22464 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22467 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22468 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22470 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22471 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22473 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22474 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22475 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22476 auto-filling.
22478 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22482 ;;;***
22484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22485 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22488 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22489 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22491 \(fn)" nil nil)
22493 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22494 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22496 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22497 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22499 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22500 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22501 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22502 \\ref macro.
22504 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22505 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22506 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22508 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22509 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22510 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22512 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22513 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22515 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22516 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22518 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22519 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22520 on the menu bar.
22522 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22526 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22527 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22528 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22530 \(fn)" nil nil)
22532 ;;;***
22534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22535 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22538 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22539 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22540 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22541 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22542 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22543 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22545 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22547 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22549 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22550 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22551 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22552 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22553 `reftex-cite-format'.
22555 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22556 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22557 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22558 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22560 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22562 ;;;***
22564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22565 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22566 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22568 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22569 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22570 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22571 the current TeX document.
22573 With no argument, this command toggles
22574 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22575 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22579 ;;;***
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22582 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22585 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22586 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22587 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22589 To insert new phrases, use
22590 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22591 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22593 To index phrases use one of:
22595 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22596 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22597 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22598 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22599 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22601 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22602 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22604 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22606 Here are all local bindings.
22608 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22610 \(fn)" t nil)
22612 ;;;***
22614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22615 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
22616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22618 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22619 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22620 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22621 of master file.
22623 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22625 ;;;***
22627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22628 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22630 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22631 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22632 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22633 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22635 ;;;***
22637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22638 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22641 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22642 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22643 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22644 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22645 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22646 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22648 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22649 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22651 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22652 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22653 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22654 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22656 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22658 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22659 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22660 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22661 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22663 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22665 ;;;***
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 431149
22668 ;;;;;; 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22670 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22672 ;;;***
22674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22675 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22677 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22679 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22680 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22681 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22682 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22684 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22686 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22688 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22689 Call `remember' in another frame.
22691 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22693 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22694 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22695 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22697 \(fn)" t nil)
22699 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22700 Extract diary entries from the region.
22702 \(fn)" nil nil)
22704 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22705 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22706 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22707 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22709 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22711 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22712 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22713 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22714 minor mode.
22716 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22718 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22719 Return the buffer.
22721 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22722 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22723 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22725 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22727 ;;;***
22729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22730 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22731 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22733 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22734 Repeat most recently executed command.
22735 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22736 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22737 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22739 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22740 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22741 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22742 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22744 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22745 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22746 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22748 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22750 ;;;***
22752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22753 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22756 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22757 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22759 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22760 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22761 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22762 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22763 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22764 and point is left after the salutation.
22766 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22767 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22768 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22769 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22770 left after that text.
22772 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22773 is non-nil.
22775 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22776 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22777 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22778 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22780 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22782 ;;;***
22784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 431149
22785 ;;;;;; 0))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22788 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22789 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22790 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22791 visibility of comments that precede it.
22792 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22793 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22794 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22795 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22796 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22797 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22798 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22799 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22800 the comment lines.
22801 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22802 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22803 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22804 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22805 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22809 ;;;***
22811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22812 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22814 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22815 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22818 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22820 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22821 reveals invisible text around point.
22823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22825 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22826 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22827 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22830 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22832 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22834 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22835 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22836 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22844 ;;;***
22846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
22847 ;;;;;; 0))
22848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22850 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22851 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22853 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22855 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22856 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22858 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22860 ;;;***
22862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 431149
22863 ;;;;;; 0))
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22866 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22867 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22868 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22869 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22871 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22873 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22874 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22875 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22876 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22878 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22879 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22881 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22882 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22884 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22885 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22886 INPUT-ARGS.
22888 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22889 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22890 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22891 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22892 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22894 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22895 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22896 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22897 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22899 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22900 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22901 variable.
22903 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22905 ;;;***
22907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 977368
22908 ;;;;;; 0))
22909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22911 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22912 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22916 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22918 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22919 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22920 Its name should end with a slash.")
22922 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22923 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22925 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22926 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22927 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22929 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22931 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22932 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22933 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22934 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22935 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22936 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22937 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22939 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22940 sent by you under different user names.
22941 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22943 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22947 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22949 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22950 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22951 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22952 explicitly.")
22954 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22956 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22957 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22958 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22959 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22960 which normally happens once for each message,
22961 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22962 To make a change in this variable take effect
22963 for a message that you have already viewed,
22964 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22966 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22968 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22969 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22970 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22971 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22975 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22976 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22980 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22981 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22982 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22984 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22986 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22987 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22988 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22989 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22990 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22991 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22995 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22996 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23000 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23001 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23003 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23005 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23006 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23008 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23009 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23011 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23013 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23014 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23016 This is set to nil by default.")
23018 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23019 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23020 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23021 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23022 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23023 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23024 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23026 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23027 Read and edit incoming mail.
23028 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23029 file in RMAIL Mode.
23030 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23032 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23033 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23034 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23035 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23037 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23039 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23041 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23042 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23043 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23044 Instead, these commands are available:
23046 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23047 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23048 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23049 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23050 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23051 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23052 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23053 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23054 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23055 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23056 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23057 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23058 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23059 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23060 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23061 till a deleted message is found.
23062 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23063 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23064 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23065 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23066 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23067 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23068 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23069 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23070 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23071 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23072 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23073 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23074 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23075 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23076 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23077 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23078 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23079 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23080 (label defaults to last one specified).
23081 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23082 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23083 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23084 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23085 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23086 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23087 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23088 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23089 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23091 \(fn)" t nil)
23093 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23094 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23096 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23098 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23099 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23101 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23103 ;;;***
23105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23106 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23108 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23110 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23111 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23112 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23113 case it writes Babyl.
23115 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23116 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23117 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23118 `rmail-default-file'.
23120 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23121 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23122 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23124 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23125 the header display is currently pruned.
23127 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23128 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23129 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23130 messages after output.
23132 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23133 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23134 message (if writing a file directly).
23136 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23137 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23139 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23141 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23142 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23143 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23144 i) the header is output as currently seen
23145 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23146 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23148 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23149 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23150 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23152 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23154 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23155 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23156 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23157 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23158 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23159 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23160 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23162 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23163 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23164 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23166 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23168 ;;;***
23170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23171 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
23172 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23174 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23175 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23176 Return a pattern.
23178 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23180 ;;;***
23182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23183 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23186 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23187 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23188 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23189 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23191 \(fn)" t nil)
23193 ;;;***
23195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23196 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23199 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23200 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23202 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23203 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23204 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23205 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23206 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23207 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23208 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23209 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23210 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23211 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23213 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23214 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23215 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23216 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23217 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23218 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23219 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23220 to use for finding the schema.
23222 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23224 ;;;***
23226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 317602
23227 ;;;;;; 643000))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23230 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23232 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23233 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23234 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23235 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23236 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23237 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23238 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23239 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23240 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23241 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23242 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23243 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23244 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23245 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23246 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23247 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23248 must be equal.
23250 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23252 ;;;***
23254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23255 ;;;;;; 829638 0))
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23258 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23259 Define a robin package.
23261 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23262 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23263 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23264 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23266 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23267 one replaces the old one.
23269 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23271 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23272 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23274 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23275 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23276 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23278 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23280 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23281 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23283 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23285 ;;;***
23287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23290 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23291 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23293 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23295 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23296 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23298 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23300 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23301 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23303 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23305 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23306 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23307 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23309 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23310 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23311 in ROT13.
23313 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23315 \(fn)" t nil)
23317 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23318 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23320 \(fn)" t nil)
23322 ;;;***
23324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 549108
23325 ;;;;;; 0))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23329 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23330 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23331 \\<rst-mode-map>
23333 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23334 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23335 highlighting.
23337 \\{rst-mode-map}
23339 \(fn)" t nil)
23341 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23342 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23344 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23345 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23347 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23348 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23349 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23353 ;;;***
23355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21432
23356 ;;;;;; 23023 204760 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23358 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23360 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23361 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23363 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23365 \(fn)" t nil)
23367 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23369 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23371 ;;;***
23373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 46255 468379
23374 ;;;;;; 0))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23376 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23378 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23379 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23380 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23382 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23383 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23385 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23386 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23390 ;;;***
23392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 431149
23393 ;;;;;; 0))
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23396 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23397 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23398 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23399 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23401 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23403 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23404 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23405 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23407 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23408 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23409 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23411 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23412 notation.
23414 STRING
23415 matches string STRING literally.
23417 CHAR
23418 matches character CHAR literally.
23420 `not-newline', `nonl'
23421 matches any character except a newline.
23423 `anything'
23424 matches any character
23426 `(any SET ...)'
23427 `(in SET ...)'
23428 `(char SET ...)'
23429 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23430 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23431 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23433 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23434 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23435 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23436 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23438 `(not (any SET ...))'
23439 matches any character not in SET ...
23441 `line-start', `bol'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23443 in the text being matched
23445 `line-end', `eol'
23446 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23448 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23449 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23450 string being matched against.
23452 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23454 string being matched against.
23456 `buffer-start'
23457 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23458 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23460 `buffer-end'
23461 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23462 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23464 `point'
23465 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23467 `word-start', `bow'
23468 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23470 `word-end', `eow'
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23473 `word-boundary'
23474 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23475 word.
23477 `(not word-boundary)'
23478 `not-word-boundary'
23479 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23480 word.
23482 `symbol-start'
23483 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23485 `symbol-end'
23486 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23488 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23489 matches 0 through 9.
23491 `control', `cntrl'
23492 matches ASCII control characters.
23494 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23495 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23497 `blank'
23498 matches space and tab only.
23500 `graphic', `graph'
23501 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23502 space, and DEL.
23504 `printing', `print'
23505 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23506 and DEL.
23508 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23509 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23510 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23512 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23513 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23514 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23516 `ascii'
23517 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23519 `nonascii'
23520 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23522 `lower', `lower-case'
23523 matches anything lower-case.
23525 `upper', `upper-case'
23526 matches anything upper-case.
23528 `punctuation', `punct'
23529 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23530 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23532 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23533 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23535 `word', `wordchar'
23536 matches anything that has word syntax.
23538 `not-wordchar'
23539 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23541 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23542 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23543 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23544 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23546 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23547 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23548 `word' (\\sw)
23549 `symbol' (\\s_)
23550 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23551 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23552 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23553 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23554 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23555 `escape' (\\s\\)
23556 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23557 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23558 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23559 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23560 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23562 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23563 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23565 `(category CATEGORY)'
23566 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23567 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23569 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23570 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23571 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23572 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23573 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23574 `symbol' (\\c5)
23575 `digit' (\\c6)
23576 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23577 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23578 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23579 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23580 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23581 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23582 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23583 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23584 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23585 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23586 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23587 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23588 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23589 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23590 `ascii' (\\ca)
23591 `arabic' (\\cb)
23592 `chinese' (\\cc)
23593 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23594 `greek' (\\cg)
23595 `korean' (\\ch)
23596 `indian' (\\ci)
23597 `japanese' (\\cj)
23598 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23599 `latin' (\\cl)
23600 `lao' (\\co)
23601 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23602 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23603 `thai' (\\ct)
23604 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23605 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23606 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23607 `can-break' (\\c|)
23609 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23610 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23612 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23616 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23618 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23620 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23621 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23623 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23625 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23626 group number N.
23628 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23629 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23630 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23631 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23632 regular expression.
23634 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23635 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23636 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23637 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23638 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23640 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23641 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23643 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23644 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23646 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23647 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23648 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23650 `(* SEXP ...)'
23651 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23652 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23654 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23655 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23656 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23658 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23659 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23660 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23662 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23663 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23665 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23666 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23668 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23669 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23670 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23671 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23673 `(? SEXP ...)'
23674 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23676 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23677 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23679 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23680 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23681 matches N occurrences.
23683 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23684 matches N or more occurrences.
23686 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23687 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23688 matches N to M occurrences.
23690 `(backref N)'
23691 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23693 `(eval FORM)'
23694 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23695 `regexp-quote' it.
23697 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23698 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23700 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23702 ;;;***
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23705 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23707 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23709 ;;;***
23711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 431149
23712 ;;;;;; 0))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23714 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23716 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23717 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23718 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23721 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23723 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23725 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23726 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23731 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23732 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23733 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23734 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23736 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23737 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23738 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23742 ;;;***
23744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 5105
23745 ;;;;;; 739240 0))
23746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23748 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23749 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23750 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23752 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23753 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23754 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23755 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23756 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23757 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23758 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23759 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23761 Commands:
23762 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23763 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23764 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23766 \(fn)" t nil)
23768 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23769 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23770 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23772 Commands:
23773 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23774 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23775 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23776 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23777 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23778 that variable's value is a string.
23780 \(fn)" t nil)
23782 ;;;***
23784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23785 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23788 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23789 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23790 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23792 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23796 ;;;***
23798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 431149
23799 ;;;;;; 0))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23802 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23803 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23804 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23807 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23809 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23811 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23812 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23817 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23818 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23822 ;;;***
23824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23825 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23828 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23829 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23831 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23832 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23833 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23834 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23835 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23839 ;;;***
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 431149
23842 ;;;;;; 0))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23844 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23845 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23847 ;;;***
23849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23850 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23852 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23854 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23855 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23856 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23858 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23859 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23860 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23861 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23862 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23863 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23864 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23865 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23866 keybinding for tag names.
23867 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23868 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23869 of the symbol under point.
23870 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23871 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23872 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23873 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23874 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23875 syntax tokens.
23876 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23878 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23880 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23881 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23882 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23885 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23887 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23889 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23890 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23892 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23893 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23895 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23896 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23897 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23898 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23899 Semantic mode.
23901 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23905 ;;;***
23907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23908 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23909 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23911 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23912 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23914 \(fn)" t nil)
23916 ;;;***
23918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23919 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23922 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23923 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23925 \(fn)" t nil)
23927 ;;;***
23929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23930 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23933 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23934 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23936 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23937 king@grassland.com
23938 If `parens', they look like:
23939 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23940 If `angles', they look like:
23941 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23943 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23944 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23949 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23950 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23951 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23953 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23954 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23955 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23956 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23960 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23961 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23962 This is done when the message is initialized,
23963 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23967 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23968 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23969 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23973 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23974 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23975 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23976 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23977 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23978 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23979 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23983 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23984 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23988 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23989 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23990 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23991 be a Babyl file.")
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23996 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23997 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23998 when you first send mail.")
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24002 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24003 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24004 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24005 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24006 This file need not actually exist.")
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24010 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24011 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24013 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24015 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24016 Alist of mail address aliases,
24017 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24018 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24019 can specify a different file name.)
24020 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24021 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24023 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24024 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24025 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24027 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24029 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24030 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24031 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24035 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24036 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24037 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24038 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24039 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24040 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24041 in the cited portion of the message.
24043 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24044 instead of no action.")
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24048 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24049 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24050 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24051 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24052 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24054 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24056 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24057 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24058 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24059 If a string, that string is inserted.
24060 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24061 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24062 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24063 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24065 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24067 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24068 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24072 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24073 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24074 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24076 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24077 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24081 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24082 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24083 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24084 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24086 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24088 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24089 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24090 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24092 \(fn)" nil nil)
24094 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24096 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24099 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24101 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24102 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24103 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24105 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24106 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24108 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24109 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24110 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24111 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24112 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24113 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24114 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24115 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24116 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24117 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24118 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24119 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24120 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24121 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24123 \(fn)" t nil)
24125 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24126 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24127 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24128 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24130 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24132 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24133 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24134 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24135 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24136 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24137 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24139 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24140 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24141 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24143 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24144 User should not set this variable manually,
24145 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24146 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24147 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24149 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24150 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24151 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24152 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24154 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24155 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24157 \\<mail-mode-map>
24158 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24160 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24161 to move to message header fields:
24162 \\{mail-mode-map}
24164 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24165 when the message is initialized.
24167 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24168 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24170 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24171 is inserted.
24173 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24174 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24176 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24177 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24178 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24179 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24180 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24181 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24182 buffer without erasing the contents.
24184 The second through fifth arguments,
24185 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24186 the initial contents of those header fields.
24187 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24188 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24189 original message being replied to, or else an action
24190 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24191 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24192 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24193 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24194 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24195 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24197 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24199 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24200 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24202 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24204 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24205 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24207 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24209 ;;;***
24211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24212 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24214 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24216 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24218 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24220 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24221 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24222 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24223 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24224 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24225 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24227 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24228 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24230 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24231 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24232 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24234 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24235 \\[server-start].
24237 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24239 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24240 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24241 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24242 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24244 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24246 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24247 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24248 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24251 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24253 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24255 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24256 Toggle Server mode.
24257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24259 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24261 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24262 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24263 `server-start' for details.
24265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24267 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24268 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24269 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24271 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24272 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24274 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24276 ;;;***
24278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24281 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24282 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24284 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24285 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24286 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24287 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24288 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24290 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24291 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24292 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24293 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24294 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24295 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24297 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24298 displayed.
24300 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24301 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24302 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24304 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24305 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24307 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24308 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24310 \\{ses-mode-map}
24311 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24312 part):
24313 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24314 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24315 formula:
24316 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24318 \(fn)" t nil)
24320 ;;;***
24322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24323 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24326 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24327 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24328 Makes > match <.
24329 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24330 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24332 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24333 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24334 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24336 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24337 in your init file.
24339 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24341 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24342 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24343 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24345 \(fn)" t nil)
24347 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24348 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24349 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24350 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24351 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24352 which this is based.
24354 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24356 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24357 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24358 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24359 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24361 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24362 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24363 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24365 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24366 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24367 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24368 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24370 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24371 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24372 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24373 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24375 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24377 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24378 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24379 To work around that, do:
24380 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24382 \\{html-mode-map}
24384 \(fn)" t nil)
24386 ;;;***
24388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21438
24389 ;;;;;; 47246 650067 0))
24390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24391 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24392 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24394 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24395 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24396 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24397 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24398 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24399 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24401 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24402 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24403 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24404 shell-specific features.
24406 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24407 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24408 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24409 \\<sh-mode-map>
24410 \\[sh-case] case statement
24411 \\[sh-for] for loop
24412 \\[sh-function] function definition
24413 \\[sh-if] if statement
24414 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24415 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24416 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24417 \\[sh-select] select loop
24418 \\[sh-until] until loop
24419 \\[sh-while] while loop
24421 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24422 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24423 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24424 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24425 would indent to the way it currently is.
24426 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24427 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24430 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24431 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24432 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24433 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24434 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24435 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24437 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24438 unquoted < insert a here document.
24440 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24441 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24442 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24444 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24445 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24447 \(fn)" t nil)
24449 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24451 ;;;***
24453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24454 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24457 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24458 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24460 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24461 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24462 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24464 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24465 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24466 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24467 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24468 the earlier.
24470 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24472 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24474 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24475 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24476 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24478 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24479 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24481 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24482 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24483 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24484 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24485 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24486 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24487 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24488 Emacs version).
24490 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24491 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24492 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24493 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24494 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24496 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24497 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24499 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24501 ;;;***
24503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 431149
24504 ;;;;;; 0))
24505 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24507 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24508 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24509 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24510 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24511 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24512 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24513 sites in the cluster.
24515 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24517 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24518 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24519 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24520 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24521 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24523 \(fn)" t nil)
24525 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24526 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24527 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24528 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24529 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24530 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24531 `shadow-define-cluster').
24533 \(fn)" t nil)
24535 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24536 Set up file shadowing.
24538 \(fn)" t nil)
24540 ;;;***
24542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 603703 543000))
24543 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24545 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24546 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24547 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24548 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24549 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24550 arguments.")
24552 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24554 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24555 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24556 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24557 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24558 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24560 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24561 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24562 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24563 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24564 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24565 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24566 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24567 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24568 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24569 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24570 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24572 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24573 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24574 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24575 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24576 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24577 `default-process-coding-system'.
24579 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24580 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24581 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24582 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24584 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24586 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24588 ;;;***
24590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21501 26431 616864 948000))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24593 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24594 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24596 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24598 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24599 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24600 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24601 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24603 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24605 ;;;***
24607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 431149
24608 ;;;;;; 0))
24609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24611 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24614 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24616 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24619 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24621 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24624 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24626 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24629 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24631 ;;;***
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24634 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24637 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24638 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24639 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24640 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24641 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24643 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24645 \(fn)" t nil)
24647 ;;;***
24649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24650 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24653 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24654 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24655 \\{simula-mode-map}
24656 Variables controlling indentation style:
24657 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24658 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24659 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24660 `simula-indent-level'
24661 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24662 `simula-substatement-offset'
24663 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24664 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24665 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24666 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24667 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24668 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24669 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24670 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24671 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24672 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24673 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24674 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24675 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24676 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24677 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24678 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24679 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24680 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24681 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24682 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24683 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24684 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24685 or nil if they should not be changed.
24686 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24687 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24688 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24689 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24691 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24692 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24694 \(fn)" t nil)
24696 ;;;***
24698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21415 30982 815536
24699 ;;;;;; 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24702 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24703 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24705 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24706 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24707 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24708 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24710 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24712 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24714 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24715 Insert SKELETON.
24716 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24717 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24718 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24719 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24720 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24722 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24723 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24725 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24727 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24728 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24730 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24731 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24732 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24733 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24735 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24736 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24737 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24738 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24740 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24741 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24742 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24744 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24745 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24747 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24748 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24750 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24751 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24752 is at bol/eol
24753 _ interesting point, interregion here
24754 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24755 interesting point set by _
24756 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24757 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24758 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24759 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24760 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24761 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24762 nil skipped
24764 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24765 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24767 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24768 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24769 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24770 as the first element when at bol.
24772 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24773 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24774 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24775 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24776 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24777 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24778 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24779 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24781 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24782 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24783 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24784 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24785 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24786 available:
24788 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24789 then: insert previously read string once more
24790 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24791 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24792 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24794 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24795 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24797 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24799 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24800 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24802 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24803 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24804 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24805 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24806 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24807 such as backslash.
24809 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24810 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24811 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24813 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24815 ;;;***
24817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24818 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24821 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24822 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24823 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24824 buffer names.
24826 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24828 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24829 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24831 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24832 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24833 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24837 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24838 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24839 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24843 ;;;***
24845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 431149
24846 ;;;;;; 0))
24847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24849 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24850 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24851 A list of images is returned.
24853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24855 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24856 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24857 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24859 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24861 ;;;***
24863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24864 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24867 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24870 \(fn)" nil nil)
24872 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24873 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24875 \(fn)" t nil)
24877 ;;;***
24879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 431149
24880 ;;;;;; 0))
24881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24883 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24884 Play the Snake game.
24885 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24887 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24889 Snake mode keybindings:
24890 \\<snake-mode-map>
24891 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24892 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24893 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24894 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24895 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24896 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24897 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24899 \(fn)" t nil)
24901 ;;;***
24903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24904 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24907 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24908 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24909 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24910 Tab indents for C code.
24911 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24912 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24913 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24914 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24915 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24917 \(fn)" t nil)
24919 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24920 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24921 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24922 Tab indents for C code.
24923 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24924 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24925 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24926 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24927 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24929 \(fn)" t nil)
24931 ;;;***
24933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 431149
24934 ;;;;;; 0))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24937 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24938 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24939 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24940 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24941 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24943 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24947 ;;;***
24949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24950 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24951 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24953 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24954 Play Solitaire.
24956 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24957 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24958 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24959 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24960 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24961 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24962 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24963 check after each move or undo.)
24965 What is Solitaire?
24967 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24968 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24969 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24971 Le Solitaire
24972 ============
24974 o o o
24976 o o o
24978 o o o o o o o
24980 o o o . o o o
24982 o o o o o o o
24984 o o o
24986 o o o
24988 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24989 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24990 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24991 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24993 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24994 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24995 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24996 this: o o .
24998 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24999 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25001 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25003 o o o
25005 . o o
25007 o o . o o o o
25009 o . o o o o o
25011 o o o o o o o
25013 o o o
25015 o o o
25017 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25019 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25021 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25023 ;;;***
25025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25027 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25029 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25030 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25032 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25033 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25034 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25035 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25036 contiguous.
25038 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25039 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25040 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25041 the sort order.
25043 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25044 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25046 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25047 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25048 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25049 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25050 is called.
25052 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25053 It should move point to the end of the record.
25055 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25056 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25057 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25058 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25059 starts at the beginning of the record.
25061 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25062 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25063 same as ENDRECFUN.
25065 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25066 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25067 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25068 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25069 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25070 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25071 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25073 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25075 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25076 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25080 the sort order.
25082 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25085 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25086 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25087 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25088 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25089 the sort order.
25091 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25093 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25094 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25095 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25096 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25097 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25098 the sort order.
25100 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25101 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25103 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25104 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25105 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25106 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25107 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25108 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25109 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25110 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25111 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25113 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25115 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25116 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25117 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25118 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25119 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25120 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25121 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25122 the sort order.
25124 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25127 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25128 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25129 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25131 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25132 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25134 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25135 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25136 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25137 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25138 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25139 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25140 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25141 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25143 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25145 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25146 the sort order.
25148 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25149 starting with the letter \"f\",
25150 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25152 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25154 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25155 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25156 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25157 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25158 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25159 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25160 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25161 the sort order.
25163 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25164 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25165 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25166 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25167 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25169 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25171 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25172 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25173 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25175 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25177 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25178 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25179 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25180 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25181 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25182 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25183 each repeated line.
25185 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25186 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25187 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25188 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25190 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25191 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25193 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25194 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25196 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25198 ;;;***
25200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25203 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25204 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25205 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25206 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25207 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25208 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25210 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25212 ;;;***
25214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25215 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25218 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25219 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25221 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25222 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25223 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25225 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25227 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25228 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25229 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25230 server.
25232 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25234 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25235 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25236 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25238 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25240 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25241 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25242 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25243 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25244 Agent is plugged.
25246 \(fn)" t nil)
25248 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25249 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25250 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25251 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25255 ;;;***
25257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 23655 451617
25258 ;;;;;; 0))
25259 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25261 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25263 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25264 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25265 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25266 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25267 supported at a time.
25268 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25269 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25273 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25274 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25275 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25276 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25280 ;;;***
25282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 431149
25283 ;;;;;; 0))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25286 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25287 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25292 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25294 \(fn)" nil nil)
25296 ;;;***
25298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 431149
25299 ;;;;;; 0))
25300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25301 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25303 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25304 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25306 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25307 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25308 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25309 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25310 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25311 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25312 of the current highlighting list.
25314 For example:
25316 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25317 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25319 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25320 `_t' as data types.
25322 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25324 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25325 Major mode to edit SQL.
25327 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25328 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25329 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25331 \\{sql-mode-map}
25332 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25334 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25335 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25336 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25337 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25338 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25339 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25341 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25342 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25344 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25345 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25346 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25348 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25349 (lambda ()
25350 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25355 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25357 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25358 their settings.
25360 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25361 is specified in the connection settings.
25363 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25366 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25368 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25369 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25371 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25372 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25373 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25374 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25376 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25378 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25380 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25381 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25383 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25384 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25385 `*SQL*'.
25387 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25388 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25389 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25390 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25392 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25393 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25395 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25396 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25397 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25398 buffer.
25400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25405 `default-process-coding-system'.
25407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25411 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25412 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25416 `*SQL*'.
25418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25419 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25420 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25421 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25423 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25427 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25428 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25429 buffer.
25431 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25432 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25433 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25434 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25435 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25436 `default-process-coding-system'.
25438 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25442 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25443 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25445 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25446 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25447 `*SQL*'.
25449 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25450 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25452 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25453 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25455 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25456 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25457 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25458 buffer.
25460 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25461 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25462 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25463 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25464 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25465 `default-process-coding-system'.
25467 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25469 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25471 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25472 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25474 SQLite is free software.
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25481 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25482 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25483 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25490 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 buffer.
25493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25498 `default-process-coding-system'.
25500 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25504 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25505 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25507 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25509 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25510 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25511 `*SQL*'.
25513 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25514 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25515 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25516 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25518 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25519 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25521 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25522 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25523 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25524 buffer.
25526 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25527 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25528 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25529 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25530 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25531 `default-process-coding-system'.
25533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25537 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25538 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25540 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25541 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25542 `*SQL*'.
25544 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25545 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25546 defaults, if set.
25548 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25549 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25551 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25553 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25554 buffer.
25556 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25557 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25558 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25559 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25560 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25561 `default-process-coding-system'.
25563 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25565 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25567 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25568 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25570 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25571 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25572 `*SQL*'.
25574 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25575 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25577 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25578 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25580 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25581 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25582 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25583 buffer.
25585 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25586 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25587 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25588 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25589 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25590 `default-process-coding-system'.
25592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25596 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25597 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25599 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25600 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25601 `*SQL*'.
25603 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25604 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25605 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25606 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25608 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25609 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25611 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25612 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25613 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25614 buffer.
25616 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25617 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25618 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25619 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25620 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25621 `default-process-coding-system'.
25623 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25625 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25627 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25628 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25630 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25631 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25632 `*SQL*'.
25634 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25635 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25636 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25637 `sql-postgres-options'.
25639 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25640 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25643 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25644 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25645 buffer.
25647 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25648 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25649 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25650 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25651 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25652 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25653 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25654 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25656 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25657 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25661 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25663 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25664 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25668 `*SQL*'.
25670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25671 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25672 defaults, if set.
25674 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25675 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25677 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25679 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25680 buffer.
25682 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25683 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25684 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25685 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25686 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25687 `default-process-coding-system'.
25689 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25691 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25693 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25694 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25696 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25697 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25698 `*SQL*'.
25700 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25701 automatic login.
25703 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25704 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25706 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25707 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25708 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25709 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25711 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25712 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25713 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25714 buffer.
25716 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25717 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25719 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25720 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25721 `default-process-coding-system'.
25723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25725 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25728 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25730 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25731 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25732 `*SQL*'.
25734 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25735 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25736 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25737 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25738 parameters.
25740 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25741 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25742 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25743 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25744 an empty password.
25746 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25747 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25749 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25750 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25751 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25752 buffer.
25754 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25756 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25758 ;;;***
25760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 431149
25761 ;;;;;; 0))
25762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25763 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25765 ;;;***
25767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25768 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
25769 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25771 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25772 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25774 \(fn)" t nil)
25776 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25778 ;;;***
25780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25781 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25784 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25785 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25786 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25787 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25788 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25789 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25790 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25791 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25792 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25793 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25794 with any buffer
25795 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25796 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25797 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25798 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25800 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25802 ;;;***
25804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 431149
25805 ;;;;;; 0))
25806 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25808 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25809 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25810 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25811 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25812 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25813 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25815 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25817 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25819 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25820 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25821 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25822 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25823 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25824 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25825 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25827 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25829 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25830 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25831 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25832 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25833 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25834 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25835 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25837 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25839 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25840 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25841 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25843 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25845 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25846 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25847 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25851 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25852 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25854 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25857 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25859 \(fn)" t nil)
25861 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25862 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25866 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25867 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25868 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25869 by command name.
25870 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25872 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25874 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25875 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25876 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25879 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25881 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25883 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25884 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25886 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25887 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25889 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25890 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25891 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25892 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25893 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25895 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25896 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25897 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25898 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25900 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25904 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25905 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25906 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25907 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25909 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25911 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25912 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25914 \(fn)" t nil)
25916 ;;;***
25918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 431149
25919 ;;;;;; 0))
25920 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25922 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25923 Studlify-case the region.
25925 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25927 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25928 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25930 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25932 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25933 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25935 \(fn)" t nil)
25937 ;;;***
25939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25940 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25943 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25944 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25946 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25947 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25949 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25950 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25951 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25952 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25954 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25955 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25956 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25958 Nomenclature Subwords
25959 ===========================================================
25960 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25961 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25962 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25964 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25965 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25966 as words.
25968 \\{subword-mode-map}
25970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25972 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25973 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25974 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25977 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25979 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25981 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25982 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25983 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25984 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25985 ARG is omitted or nil.
25987 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25988 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25989 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25993 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25994 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25999 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26000 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26001 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26003 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26004 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26005 edit them as words.
26007 \\{superword-mode-map}
26009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26011 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26012 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26013 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26016 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26018 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26020 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26021 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26022 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26023 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26024 ARG is omitted or nil.
26026 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26027 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26028 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26032 ;;;***
26034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
26035 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26038 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26039 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26040 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26041 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26042 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26043 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26044 original message but it does require a few things:
26046 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26048 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26049 reply buffer.
26051 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26052 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26053 original message.
26055 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26057 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26059 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26060 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26061 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26063 \(fn)" nil nil)
26065 ;;;***
26067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 431149
26068 ;;;;;; 0))
26069 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26071 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26073 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26074 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26075 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26078 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26080 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26082 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26083 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26085 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26086 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26088 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26089 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26090 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26094 ;;;***
26096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26097 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26099 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26100 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26101 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26102 buffer.
26104 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26105 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26106 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26108 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26110 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26111 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26112 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26113 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26114 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26115 buffer.
26117 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26118 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26119 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26121 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26123 ;;;***
26125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 431149
26126 ;;;;;; 0))
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26129 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26130 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26131 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26133 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26135 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26136 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26138 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26140 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26141 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26143 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26145 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26146 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26148 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26150 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26151 Insert an editable text table.
26152 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26153 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26154 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26155 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26156 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26157 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26158 delimiting them.
26160 Examples:
26162 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26164 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26165 location of point.
26169 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26170 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26171 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26172 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26173 first cell.
26175 +-----+-----+-----+
26176 |-!- | | |
26177 +-----+-----+-----+
26179 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26181 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26182 width, which results as
26184 +--------------+-----+-----+
26185 |-!- | | |
26186 +--------------+-----+-----+
26188 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26189 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192 | | |-!- |
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26196 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26197 width information to `table-insert'.
26199 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26201 instead of
26203 Cell width(s): 5
26205 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26206 work all together.
26208 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26209 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 |-!- | | |
26213 | | | |
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26219 |-!- | | |
26220 | | | |
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222 | | | |
26223 | | | |
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26229 | | | |
26230 | | | |
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 | | | |
26233 | | | |
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26238 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26239 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26242 | | | |
26243 | | | |
26244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26245 | | | |
26246 | | | |
26247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26248 |-!- | | |
26249 | | | |
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26253 results.
26255 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26256 | | | |
26257 | | | |
26258 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26259 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26260 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26261 | | |expected results.-!- |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263 | | | |
26264 | | | |
26265 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26269 \\{table-cell-map}
26271 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26274 Insert N table row(s).
26275 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26276 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26277 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26278 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26280 \(fn N)" t nil)
26282 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26283 Insert N table column(s).
26284 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26285 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26286 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26287 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26289 \(fn N)" t nil)
26291 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26292 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26293 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26295 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26297 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26298 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26299 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26300 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26301 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26302 all the table specific features.
26304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26306 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26309 \(fn)" t nil)
26311 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26312 Recognize all tables within region.
26313 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26314 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26315 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26316 specific features.
26318 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26323 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26325 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26326 Recognize a table at point.
26327 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26328 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26329 the table specific features.
26331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26336 \(fn)" t nil)
26338 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26339 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26340 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26341 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26342 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26343 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26344 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26346 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26354 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26355 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26356 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26357 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26358 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26359 specified.
26361 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26364 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26365 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26366 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26367 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26368 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26369 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26370 table structure.
26372 \(fn N)" t nil)
26374 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26375 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26376 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26377 table's rectangle structure.
26379 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26382 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26383 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26384 table's rectangle structure.
26386 \(fn N)" t nil)
26388 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26389 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26390 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26391 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26392 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26394 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26396 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26397 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26398 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26400 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26401 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26402 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26403 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26404 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26405 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26406 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26408 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26409 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26410 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26411 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26412 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26413 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26414 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26416 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26417 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26418 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26419 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26420 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26421 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26422 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26423 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26425 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26428 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26429 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26430 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26435 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26436 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26438 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26441 Split current cell vertically.
26442 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26444 \(fn)" t nil)
26446 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26447 Split current cell horizontally.
26448 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26450 \(fn)" t nil)
26452 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26453 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26454 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26456 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26458 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26459 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26460 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26461 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26463 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26466 Justify cell contents.
26467 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26468 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26469 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26470 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26472 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26474 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26475 Justify cells of a row.
26476 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26477 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26479 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26481 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26482 Justify cells of a column.
26483 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26484 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26486 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26488 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26489 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26490 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26491 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26492 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26493 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26494 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26495 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26496 run-time.
26498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26501 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26502 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26503 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26504 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26505 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26506 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26507 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26508 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26509 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26510 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26512 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26515 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26516 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26517 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26518 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26519 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26520 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26521 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26522 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26523 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26524 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26525 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26526 untouched.
26528 References used for this implementation:
26530 HTML:
26531 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26533 LaTeX:
26534 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26536 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26537 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26538 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26540 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26542 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26543 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26544 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26545 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26546 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26547 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26548 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26549 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26550 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26551 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26552 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26553 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26554 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26555 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26556 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26557 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26558 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26560 Example:
26562 (progn
26563 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26564 (table-forward-cell 15)
26565 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26566 (table-forward-cell 16)
26567 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26568 (table-forward-cell 1)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26571 (progn
26572 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26573 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26574 (table-forward-cell 1)
26575 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26577 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26579 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26580 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26581 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26582 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26583 consists from cells of same height.
26585 \(fn N)" t nil)
26587 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26588 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26589 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26590 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26591 column must consists from cells of same width.
26593 \(fn N)" t nil)
26595 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26596 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26597 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26598 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26599 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26600 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26601 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26602 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26603 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26604 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26605 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26606 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26607 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26608 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26609 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26612 Example 1:
26614 1, 2, 3, 4
26615 5, 6, 7, 8
26616 , 9, 10
26618 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26619 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26620 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26621 specified as 5.
26623 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26624 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26625 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26626 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26627 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26628 | | 9 | 10 | |
26629 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26631 Note:
26633 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26634 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26635 of each row is optional.
26638 Example 2:
26640 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26641 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26642 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26643 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26644 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26646 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26647 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26649 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26650 expression and raw delimiter regular
26651 expression, it parses the specified text
26652 area and extracts cell items from
26653 non-table text and then forms a table out
26654 of them.
26656 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26657 creates a single cell table. The text in
26658 the specified region is placed in that
26659 cell.-*-
26661 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26662 like this.
26664 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26665 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26666 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26668 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26669 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26670 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26671 | area and extracts cell items from |
26672 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26673 | of them. |
26675 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26676 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26677 | the specified region is placed in that |
26678 | cell. |
26679 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26681 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26682 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26683 independently.
26685 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26686 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26687 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26688 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26689 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26690 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26691 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26692 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26693 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26694 | |of them. |
26695 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26696 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26697 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26698 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26699 | |cell. |
26700 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26702 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26703 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26704 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26706 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26708 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26709 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26710 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26711 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26712 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26714 \(fn)" t nil)
26716 ;;;***
26718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26719 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26721 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26722 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26724 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26726 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26727 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26729 \(fn)" t nil)
26731 ;;;***
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21504 6071 527764
26734 ;;;;;; 0))
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26737 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26738 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26739 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26740 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26741 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26742 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26743 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26745 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26746 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26747 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26748 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26750 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26751 \\{tar-mode-map}
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26755 ;;;***
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 431149
26758 ;;;;;; 0))
26759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26761 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26762 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26763 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26764 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26765 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26768 Variables controlling indentation style:
26769 `tcl-indent-level'
26770 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26771 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26772 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26774 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26775 documentation for details):
26776 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26777 Controls action of TAB key.
26778 `tcl-auto-newline'
26779 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26780 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26781 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26782 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26783 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26785 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26786 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26787 already exist.
26789 \(fn)" t nil)
26791 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26792 Run inferior Tcl process.
26793 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26794 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26796 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26798 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26799 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26800 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26802 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26804 ;;;***
26806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
26807 ;;;;;; 0))
26808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26810 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26811 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26812 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26813 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26815 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26816 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26817 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26818 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26819 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26821 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26824 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26825 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26826 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26828 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26830 ;;;***
26832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21556 55872 481216 0))
26833 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26835 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26836 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26837 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26838 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26839 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26840 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26842 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26844 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26845 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26846 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26847 commands to use in that buffer.
26849 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26851 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26853 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26854 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26856 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26859 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26860 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26861 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26862 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26863 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26864 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26865 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26866 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26867 use in that buffer.
26868 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26870 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26872 ;;;***
26874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26875 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
26876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26878 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26879 Start coverage on function under point.
26881 \(fn)" t nil)
26883 ;;;***
26885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 431149
26886 ;;;;;; 0))
26887 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26888 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26890 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26891 Play the Tetris game.
26892 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26893 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26894 as to form complete rows.
26896 tetris-mode keybindings:
26897 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26898 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26899 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26900 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26901 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26902 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26903 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26904 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26905 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26907 \(fn)" t nil)
26909 ;;;***
26911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21461 43491
26912 ;;;;;; 589246 0))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26915 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26916 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26918 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26920 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26921 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26922 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26923 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26924 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26926 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26928 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26929 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26930 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26931 if it matches the first line of the file,
26932 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26934 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26936 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26937 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26938 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26939 if the variable is non-nil.")
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26943 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26944 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26948 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26949 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26950 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26951 See the documentation of that variable.")
26953 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26955 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26956 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26957 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26958 See the documentation of that variable.")
26960 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26962 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26963 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26964 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26965 See the documentation of that variable.")
26967 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26969 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26970 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26971 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26972 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26973 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26975 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26977 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26978 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26979 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26980 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26982 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26984 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26985 User defined LaTeX block names.
26986 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26988 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26990 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26991 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26992 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26993 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26997 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26998 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26999 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27000 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27002 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27004 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27005 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27006 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27007 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27009 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27010 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27011 for example,
27013 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27014 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27016 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27017 use.")
27019 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27021 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27022 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27023 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27024 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27025 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27027 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27031 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27032 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27033 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27037 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27038 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27039 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27040 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27041 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27043 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27045 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27046 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27050 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27051 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27053 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27055 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27056 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27057 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27058 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27059 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27060 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27061 says which mode to use.
27063 \(fn)" t nil)
27065 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27067 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27069 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27071 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27072 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27073 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27074 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27075 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27077 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27078 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27079 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27080 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27081 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27082 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27083 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27085 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27086 mismatched $'s or braces.
27088 Special commands:
27089 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27091 Mode variables:
27092 tex-run-command
27093 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27094 tex-directory
27095 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27096 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27097 tex-dvi-print-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27099 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27100 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27101 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27102 tex-dvi-view-command
27103 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27104 tex-show-queue-command
27105 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27106 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27108 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27109 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27110 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27112 \(fn)" t nil)
27114 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27115 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27116 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27117 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27118 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27120 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27121 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27122 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27123 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27124 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27125 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27126 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27128 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27129 mismatched $'s or braces.
27131 Special commands:
27132 \\{latex-mode-map}
27134 Mode variables:
27135 latex-run-command
27136 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27137 tex-directory
27138 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27139 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27140 tex-dvi-print-command
27141 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27142 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27143 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27144 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27145 tex-dvi-view-command
27146 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27147 tex-show-queue-command
27148 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27149 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27151 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27152 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27153 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27155 \(fn)" t nil)
27157 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27158 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27159 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27160 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27161 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27163 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27164 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27165 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27166 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27167 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27168 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27169 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27171 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27172 mismatched $'s or braces.
27174 Special commands:
27175 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27177 Mode variables:
27178 slitex-run-command
27179 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27180 tex-directory
27181 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27182 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27183 tex-dvi-print-command
27184 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27185 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27186 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27187 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27188 tex-dvi-view-command
27189 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27190 tex-show-queue-command
27191 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27192 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27194 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27195 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27196 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27197 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27199 \(fn)" t nil)
27201 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27204 \(fn)" nil nil)
27206 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27207 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27209 \(fn)" t nil)
27211 ;;;***
27213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27214 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27217 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27218 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27219 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27220 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27222 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27223 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27224 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27226 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27228 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27229 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27230 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27231 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27232 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27234 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27236 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27237 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27238 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27239 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27241 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27242 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27243 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27244 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27246 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27247 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27249 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27251 ;;;***
27253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21412 28481
27254 ;;;;;; 677015 0))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27257 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27258 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27260 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27262 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27263 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27265 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27267 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27268 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27270 It has these extra commands:
27271 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27273 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27274 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27275 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27276 modified version of TeX input format.
27278 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27279 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27280 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27281 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27283 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27284 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27285 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27286 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27287 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27288 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27289 in the Texinfo file.
27291 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27292 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27293 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27294 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27295 move forward past the closing brace.
27297 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27298 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27300 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27301 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27302 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27304 Here are the functions:
27306 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27307 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27308 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27310 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27311 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27312 texinfo-master-menu
27314 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27316 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27317 which menu descriptions are indented.
27319 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27320 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27321 in the region.
27323 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27324 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27325 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27326 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27328 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27329 be the first node in the file.
27331 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27332 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27334 \(fn)" t nil)
27336 ;;;***
27338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27339 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27340 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27342 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27343 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27344 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27345 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27347 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27349 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27350 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27352 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27354 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27355 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27357 \(fn)" t nil)
27359 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27362 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27364 ;;;***
27366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 431149
27367 ;;;;;; 0))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27370 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27371 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27372 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27373 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27374 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27375 `line', and `page'.
27377 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27379 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27380 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27381 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27382 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27383 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27384 `line', and `page'.
27386 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27387 valid THING.
27389 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27390 positions of the thing found.
27392 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27394 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27395 Return the THING at point.
27396 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27397 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27398 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27399 `line', `number', and `page'.
27401 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27402 strip text properties from the return value.
27404 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27405 a symbol as a valid THING.
27407 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27409 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27410 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27412 \(fn)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27415 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27417 \(fn)" nil nil)
27419 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27420 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27422 \(fn)" nil nil)
27424 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27425 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27427 \(fn)" nil nil)
27429 ;;;***
27431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27434 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27435 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27437 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27439 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27440 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27441 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27442 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27444 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27446 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27447 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27451 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27452 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27454 \(fn)" t nil)
27456 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27458 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27459 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27461 \(fn)" t nil)
27463 ;;;***
27465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27466 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27469 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27470 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27471 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27473 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27476 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27478 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27481 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27482 The returned string has no composition information.
27484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27487 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27489 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27491 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27492 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27494 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27496 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27497 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27498 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27499 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27501 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27503 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27504 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27505 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27506 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27510 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27511 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27512 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27514 \(fn)" t nil)
27516 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27517 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27518 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27520 \(fn)" t nil)
27522 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27525 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27535 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27537 ;;;***
27539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27540 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27542 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27544 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27545 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27546 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27547 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27548 parameters.
27549 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27553 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27554 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27555 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27556 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27557 parameters.
27558 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27560 \(fn)" t nil)
27562 ;;;***
27564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27565 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27567 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27568 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27570 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27571 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27573 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27574 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27575 This display updates automatically every minute.
27576 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27577 are displayed as well.
27578 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27580 \(fn)" t nil)
27582 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27583 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27584 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27587 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27589 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27591 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27592 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27593 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27594 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27595 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27597 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27598 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27599 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27600 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27601 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27605 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27606 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27607 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27608 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27610 \(fn)" t nil)
27612 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27613 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27614 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27615 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27617 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27619 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27620 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27622 \(fn)" t nil)
27624 ;;;***
27626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27627 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27628 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27630 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27631 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27632 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27634 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27635 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27636 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27637 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27638 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27639 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27641 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27642 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27644 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27647 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27649 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27652 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27654 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27656 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27657 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27658 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27660 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27662 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27664 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27665 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27666 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27668 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27670 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27671 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27673 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27676 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27677 DATE should be a date-time string.
27679 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27681 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27682 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27683 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27685 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27687 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27688 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27690 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27692 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27693 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27695 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27697 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27698 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27699 TIME should be a time value.
27700 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27702 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27704 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27705 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27706 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27708 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27710 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27711 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27712 The valid format specifiers are:
27713 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27714 %d is the number of days.
27715 %h is the number of hours.
27716 %m is the number of minutes.
27717 %s is the number of seconds.
27718 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27719 %% is a literal \"%\".
27721 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27722 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27724 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27725 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27726 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27728 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27729 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27730 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27732 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27734 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27736 ;;;***
27738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 431149
27739 ;;;;;; 0))
27740 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27741 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27742 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27743 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27744 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27745 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27746 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27747 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27748 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27750 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27751 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27752 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27753 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27754 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27755 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27756 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27757 look like one of the following:
27758 Time-stamp: <>
27759 Time-stamp: \" \"
27760 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27761 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27762 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27763 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27764 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27765 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27766 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27767 the template.
27769 \(fn)" t nil)
27771 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27772 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27773 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27777 ;;;***
27779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27780 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27782 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27784 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27785 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27786 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27788 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27789 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27791 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27793 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27794 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27795 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27796 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27797 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27798 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27799 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27800 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27801 display (non-nil means on).
27803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27805 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27806 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27807 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27808 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27809 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27810 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27811 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27812 this function is called within a day.
27814 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27815 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27816 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27817 discover the name of the project.
27819 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27821 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27822 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27823 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27824 begun during the last time segment.
27826 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27827 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27828 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27829 discover the reason.
27831 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27833 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27834 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27835 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27836 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27837 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27839 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27841 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27842 Change to working on a different project.
27843 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27844 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27845 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27846 working on.
27848 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27850 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27851 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27852 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27854 \(fn)" nil nil)
27856 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27857 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27858 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27860 \(fn)" t nil)
27862 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27863 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27864 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27865 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27866 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27867 \"relative to today\".
27869 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27872 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27873 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27874 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27876 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27878 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27879 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27880 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27881 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27882 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27883 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27885 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27887 ;;;***
27889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27890 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
27891 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27893 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27894 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27895 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27896 the generated Quail package is saved.
27898 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27900 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27901 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27902 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27903 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27904 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27905 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27906 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27908 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27910 ;;;***
27912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27913 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27914 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27915 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27917 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27918 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27919 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27920 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27921 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27923 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27924 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27925 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27927 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27929 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27930 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27931 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27932 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27933 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27935 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27937 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27938 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27939 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27940 in the menu in two ways:
27941 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27942 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27943 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27945 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27946 keymap or an alist of alists.
27947 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27948 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27950 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27952 ;;;***
27954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21469
27955 ;;;;;; 45425 622894 0))
27956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27958 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27959 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27961 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27962 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27963 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27964 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27965 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27966 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27967 file was last visited.
27969 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27970 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27971 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27972 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27973 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27974 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27975 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27976 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27977 for the first item.
27979 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27980 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27981 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27982 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27983 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27984 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27985 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27986 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27988 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27989 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27990 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27991 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27992 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27994 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27995 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27997 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27999 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28000 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28002 \\{todo-mode-map}
28004 \(fn)" t nil)
28006 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28007 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28009 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28011 \(fn)" t nil)
28013 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28014 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28016 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28018 \(fn)" t nil)
28020 ;;;***
28022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 431149
28023 ;;;;;; 0))
28024 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28026 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28027 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28028 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28032 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28033 Add an item to the tool bar.
28034 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28035 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28036 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28037 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28039 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28040 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28041 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28042 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28044 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28045 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28047 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28049 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28050 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28051 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28052 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28053 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28054 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28056 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28057 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28058 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28059 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28061 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28063 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28064 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28065 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28066 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28067 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28068 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28069 properties to add to the binding.
28071 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28073 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28074 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28076 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28079 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28080 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28081 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28082 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28083 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28084 properties to add to the binding.
28086 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28087 holds a keymap.
28089 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28091 ;;;***
28093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
28094 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28096 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28098 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28099 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28100 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28103 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28105 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28107 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28108 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28110 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28111 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28115 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28117 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28118 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28120 \(fn)" t nil)
28122 ;;;***
28124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28125 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28128 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28129 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28131 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28132 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28133 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28134 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28135 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28137 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28138 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28139 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28140 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28141 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28143 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28144 (tpu-edt)
28146 Known Problems:
28148 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28149 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28150 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28151 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28152 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28153 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28155 \(fn)" t nil)
28157 ;;;***
28159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 431149
28160 ;;;;;; 0))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28163 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28164 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28165 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28166 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28167 to a tcp server on another machine.
28169 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28171 ;;;***
28173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28174 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28177 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28178 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28180 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28182 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28183 Helper function to get internal values.
28184 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28186 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28188 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28189 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28190 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28191 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28193 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28194 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28195 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28196 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28197 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28199 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28200 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28201 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28202 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28204 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28206 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28208 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28209 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28210 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28211 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28213 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28215 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28217 ;;;***
28219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21391 16284 875808
28220 ;;;;;; 0))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28223 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28224 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28225 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28227 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28229 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28230 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28232 It can have the following values:
28234 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28235 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28237 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28239 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28240 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28241 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28242 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28244 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28246 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28247 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28248 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28249 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28251 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28252 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28253 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28254 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28255 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28256 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28257 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28258 files which are not really Tramp files.
28260 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28261 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28262 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28263 updated after changing this variable.
28265 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28267 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28268 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28269 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28270 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28272 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28274 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28275 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28276 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28277 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28279 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28280 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28281 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28283 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28284 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28285 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28286 updated after changing this variable.
28288 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28290 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28291 Alist of completion handler functions.
28292 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28293 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28294 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28296 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28297 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28298 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28299 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28301 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28302 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28303 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28305 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28306 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28308 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28309 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28311 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28313 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28316 \(fn)" nil nil)
28318 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28319 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28321 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28323 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28324 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28326 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28328 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28329 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28331 \(fn)" t nil)
28333 ;;;***
28335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28336 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28339 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28342 \(fn)" nil nil)
28344 ;;;***
28346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21509 26638 997760
28347 ;;;;;; 598000))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28350 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28351 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28352 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28353 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28354 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28355 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28356 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28357 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28359 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28360 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28361 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28363 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28364 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28365 resumed later.
28367 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28369 ;;;***
28371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28372 ;;;;;; 183049 0))
28373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28375 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28378 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28380 ;;;***
28382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28383 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28385 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28386 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28387 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28389 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28390 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28391 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28392 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28393 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28394 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28395 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28399 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28400 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28401 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28402 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28404 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28406 \(fn)" t nil)
28408 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28409 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28410 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28411 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28412 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28413 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28414 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28416 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28417 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28419 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28420 \\___/\\
28421 / \\
28422 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28424 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28428 ;;;***
28430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 431149
28431 ;;;;;; 0))
28432 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28434 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28435 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28436 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28439 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28441 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28443 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28444 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28445 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28447 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28448 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28449 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28450 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28451 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28452 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28453 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28455 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28456 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28458 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28459 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28460 reset the keystroke counter.
28462 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28463 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28464 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28465 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28467 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28468 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28469 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28470 `type-break-schedule' command.
28472 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28473 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28474 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28475 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28476 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28477 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28478 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28479 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28480 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28482 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28483 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28484 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28485 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28486 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28488 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28489 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28490 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28491 approximate good values for this.
28493 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28494 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28496 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28497 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28498 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28499 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28500 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28501 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28503 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28504 a typing break occur. They include:
28506 `type-break-query-mode'
28507 `type-break-query-function'
28508 `type-break-query-interval'
28510 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28512 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28513 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28514 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28515 problems.
28517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28519 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28520 Take a typing break.
28522 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28523 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28525 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28526 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28528 \(fn)" t nil)
28530 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28531 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28532 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28533 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28535 \(fn)" t nil)
28537 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28538 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28540 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28541 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28542 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28543 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28544 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28545 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28546 average typing speed.)
28548 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28549 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28550 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28551 the computed maximum threshold.
28553 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28554 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28555 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28556 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28557 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28559 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28561 ;;;***
28563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28566 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28567 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28568 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28569 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28570 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28572 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28574 ;;;***
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28577 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28580 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28581 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28585 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28586 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28588 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28590 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28591 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28595 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28596 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28598 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28601 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28605 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28606 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28608 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28610 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28611 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28615 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28616 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28618 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28620 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28621 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28623 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28625 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28626 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28628 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28630 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28631 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28633 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28635 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28636 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28638 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28640 ;;;***
28642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28643 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28646 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28647 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28648 Works by overstriking underscores.
28649 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28650 which specify the range to operate on.
28652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28654 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28655 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28656 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28657 which specify the range to operate on.
28659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28661 ;;;***
28663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 431149
28664 ;;;;;; 0))
28665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28667 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28668 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28669 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28670 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28671 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28672 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28674 \(fn)" nil nil)
28676 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28677 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28678 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28680 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28682 ;;;***
28684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28685 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28688 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28689 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28690 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28691 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28693 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28695 ;;;***
28697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21546 52205 704969 0))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28700 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28701 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28702 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28703 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28704 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28706 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28707 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28708 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28709 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28710 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28711 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28713 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28714 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28715 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28717 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28718 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28719 the callback is not called).
28721 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28722 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28723 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28724 take effect.
28726 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28727 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28728 the server.
28729 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28730 URL-encoded before it's used.
28732 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28734 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28735 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28736 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28737 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28738 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28740 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28742 ;;;***
28744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 431149
28745 ;;;;;; 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28748 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28749 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28750 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28752 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28753 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28754 `url-generic-parse-url'
28755 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28756 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28757 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28758 realm
28759 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28760 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28761 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28762 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28763 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28764 what type of auth to use
28765 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28766 if one cannot be found in the cache
28768 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28770 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28771 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28773 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28774 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28775 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28776 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28777 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28778 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28779 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28780 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28782 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28784 ;;;***
28786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28787 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28790 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28791 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28793 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28796 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28797 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28801 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28802 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28804 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28806 ;;;***
28808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 431149
28809 ;;;;;; 0))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28812 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28815 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28817 ;;;***
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 431149
28820 ;;;;;; 0))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28823 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28824 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28825 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28827 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28830 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28831 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28832 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28834 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28835 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28836 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28837 though.
28839 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28841 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28842 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28843 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28845 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28850 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28852 ;;;***
28854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
28855 ;;;;;; 0))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28858 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28859 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28861 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;***
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 431149
28866 ;;;;;; 0))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28869 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28870 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28872 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28874 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28875 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28876 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28877 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28878 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28880 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28882 ;;;***
28884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21419
28885 ;;;;;; 46255 468379 0))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28888 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28889 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28890 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28892 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28893 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28895 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28897 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28898 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28900 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28901 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28905 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28906 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28907 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28908 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28910 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28912 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28913 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28914 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28915 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28916 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28917 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28918 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28919 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28920 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28921 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28923 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28925 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28926 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28927 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28928 accessible.
28930 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28932 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28935 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28937 ;;;***
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21546 52205 704969
28940 ;;;;;; 0))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28942 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28944 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28945 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28946 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28947 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28948 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28950 ;;;***
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28953 ;;;;;; 0))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28956 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28959 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28961 ;;;***
28963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 431149
28964 ;;;;;; 0))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28967 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28968 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28969 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28970 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28971 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28973 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28975 ;;;***
28977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28978 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28981 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28984 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28986 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28987 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28989 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28991 ;;;***
28993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28994 ;;;;;; 0))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28997 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28998 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29002 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29003 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29005 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29007 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29012 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29014 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29016 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29018 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29019 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29021 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29023 ;;;***
29025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 431149
29026 ;;;;;; 0))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29029 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29032 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29039 ;;;***
29041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 431149
29042 ;;;;;; 0))
29043 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29045 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29048 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29050 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29053 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29058 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29063 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29065 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29068 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29070 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29073 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29075 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29078 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29080 ;;;***
29082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
29083 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29086 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29087 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29089 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29092 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29093 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29095 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29096 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29097 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29098 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29099 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29100 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29101 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29102 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29103 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29104 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29105 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29106 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29107 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29108 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29110 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29111 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29112 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29114 Here is an example. The URL
29116 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29118 parses to
29120 TYPE = \"foo\"
29121 USER = \"bob\"
29122 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29123 HOST = \"example.com\"
29124 PORTSPEC = 42
29125 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29126 TARGET = \"nose\"
29127 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29128 FULLNESS = t
29130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29132 ;;;***
29134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29135 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29136 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29138 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29139 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29141 \(fn)" t nil)
29143 ;;;***
29145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29146 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29149 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29150 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29151 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29152 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29153 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29154 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29156 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29158 ;;;***
29160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 431149
29161 ;;;;;; 0))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29164 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29165 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29166 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29168 If t, all messages will be logged.
29169 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29170 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29172 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29174 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29177 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29179 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29182 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29184 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29185 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29186 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29187 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29188 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29189 & ==> &amp;
29190 < ==> &lt;
29191 > ==> &gt;
29192 \" ==> &quot;
29194 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29196 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29197 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29198 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29200 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29202 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29203 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29204 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29206 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29208 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29209 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29211 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29213 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29214 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29216 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29218 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29219 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29221 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29223 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29226 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29228 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29231 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29233 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29235 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29236 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29238 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29241 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29243 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29245 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29248 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29250 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29251 Build a query-string.
29253 Given a QUERY in the form:
29254 '((key1 val1)
29255 (key2 val2)
29256 (key3 val1 val2)
29257 (key4)
29258 (key5 \"\"))
29260 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29262 This will return a string
29263 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29264 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29265 be used.
29267 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29269 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29270 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29272 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29275 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29276 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29277 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29278 forbidden in URL encoding.
29280 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29282 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29283 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29284 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29285 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29286 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29287 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29289 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29290 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29291 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29292 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29294 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29296 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29297 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29298 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29299 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29300 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29301 should return it unchanged.
29303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29305 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29306 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29307 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29308 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29310 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29312 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29313 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29314 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29316 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29318 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29319 View the current document's URL.
29320 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29321 the minibuffer.
29323 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29325 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29327 ;;;***
29329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
29330 ;;;;;; 0))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29333 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29334 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29335 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29336 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29337 to refrain from editing the file
29338 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29339 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29340 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29341 in any way you like.
29343 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29345 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29346 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29347 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29348 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29349 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29351 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29352 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29354 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29356 ;;;***
29358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29359 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29362 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29365 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29370 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29372 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29375 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29377 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29380 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29382 ;;;***
29384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29387 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29388 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29390 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29392 ;;;***
29394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29395 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29398 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29399 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29400 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29401 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29403 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29405 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29406 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29407 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29409 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29411 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29412 Uudecode region between START and END.
29413 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29415 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29417 ;;;***
29419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29420 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29422 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29423 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29424 See `run-hooks'.")
29426 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29428 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29429 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29430 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29432 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29434 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29435 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29436 See `run-hooks'.")
29438 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29440 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29441 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29442 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29443 same state. If not, signal an error.
29445 For merging-based version control systems:
29446 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29447 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29448 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29449 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29450 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29451 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29453 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29454 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29455 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29456 the file(s) for editing.
29457 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29458 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29459 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29460 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29461 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29462 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29464 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29466 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29467 Register into a version control system.
29468 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29469 Otherwise register the current file.
29470 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29471 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29473 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29474 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29475 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29476 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29477 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29478 first backend that could register the file is used.
29480 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29482 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29483 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29485 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29487 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29488 Display diffs between file revisions.
29489 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29490 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29491 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29493 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29494 saving the buffer.
29496 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29498 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29499 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29500 repository history using ediff.
29502 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29504 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29505 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29506 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29507 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29508 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29510 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29511 saving the buffer.
29513 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29515 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29516 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29517 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29518 fileset with the working revision.
29519 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29520 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29522 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29523 saving the buffer.
29525 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29527 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29528 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29529 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29530 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29532 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29534 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29535 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29536 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29537 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29539 \(fn)" t nil)
29541 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29542 Perform a version control merge operation.
29543 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29544 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29545 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29546 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29548 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29549 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29550 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29551 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29552 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29553 changes from the current branch.
29555 \(fn)" t nil)
29557 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29559 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29560 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29561 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29562 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29563 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29564 checked out in that new branch.
29566 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29568 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29569 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29570 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29571 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29572 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29573 allowed and simply skipped).
29575 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29577 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29578 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29579 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29580 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29581 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29583 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29584 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29586 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29588 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29589 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29590 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29591 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29592 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29594 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29597 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29598 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29600 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29602 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29603 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29604 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29606 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29608 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29609 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29610 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29611 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29613 \(fn)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29616 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29617 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29618 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29620 \(fn)" t nil)
29622 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29624 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29625 Update the current fileset or branch.
29626 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29627 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29628 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29629 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29631 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29632 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29633 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29634 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29635 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29639 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29641 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29642 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29643 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29644 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29645 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29646 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29647 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29649 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29651 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29652 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29653 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29654 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29655 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29656 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29657 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29658 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29659 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29661 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29663 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29664 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29665 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29666 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29670 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29671 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29672 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29673 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29675 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29677 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29678 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29679 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29680 directory.
29682 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29684 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29685 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29686 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29688 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29689 log entries should be gathered.
29691 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29693 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29694 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29696 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29698 ;;;***
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29701 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29704 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29705 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29707 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29708 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29709 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29710 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29711 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29712 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29714 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29715 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29716 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29717 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29718 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29719 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29720 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29721 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29723 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29725 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29727 Customization variables:
29729 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29730 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29731 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29732 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29734 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29736 ;;;***
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 431149
29739 ;;;;;; 0))
29740 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29741 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29742 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29743 (progn
29744 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29745 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29747 ;;;***
29749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 431149
29750 ;;;;;; 0))
29751 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29753 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29754 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29756 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29757 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29758 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29759 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29760 (progn
29761 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29762 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29764 ;;;***
29766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29767 ;;;;;; 0))
29768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29769 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29770 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29771 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29772 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29773 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29774 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29776 ;;;***
29778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21515 41273 793570
29779 ;;;;;; 0))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29782 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29783 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29784 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29785 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29786 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29788 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29789 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29790 The file lines appear later.
29792 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29793 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29795 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29797 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29799 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29801 ;;;***
29803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21445
29804 ;;;;;; 65296 677138 0))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29807 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29808 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29809 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29810 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29811 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29812 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29813 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29814 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29815 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29816 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29817 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29818 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29819 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29820 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29821 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29823 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29825 ;;;***
29827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21426 23582 506828
29828 ;;;;;; 0))
29829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29830 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29831 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29832 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29833 (progn
29834 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29835 (vc-git-registered file))))
29837 ;;;***
29839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21393 64365 929177 0))
29840 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29841 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29842 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29843 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29844 (progn
29845 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29846 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29848 ;;;***
29850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29851 ;;;;;; 0))
29852 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29854 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29855 Name of the monotone directory.")
29857 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29858 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29859 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29860 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29861 (progn
29862 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29863 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29865 ;;;***
29867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21371 31054 820435
29868 ;;;;;; 0))
29869 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29871 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29872 Where to look for RCS master files.
29873 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29875 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29877 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29879 ;;;***
29881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29882 ;;;;;; 0))
29883 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29885 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29886 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29887 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29889 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29891 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29893 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29894 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29895 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29896 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29898 ;;;***
29900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21550 48530 321434
29901 ;;;;;; 0))
29902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29903 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29904 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29905 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29906 "_svn")
29907 (t ".svn"))))
29908 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29909 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29910 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29912 ;;;***
29914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29915 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29917 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29918 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29920 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29921 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29923 Usage:
29924 ------
29926 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29927 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29928 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29929 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29931 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29932 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29933 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29934 completions.
29936 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29937 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29939 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29940 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29942 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29943 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29944 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29946 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29949 Maintenance:
29950 ------------
29952 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29953 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29955 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29957 Official distribution is at
29958 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29961 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29962 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29964 Key bindings:
29965 -------------
29967 \\{vera-mode-map}
29969 \(fn)" t nil)
29971 ;;;***
29973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29974 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
29975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29977 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29978 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29979 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29980 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29981 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29983 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29985 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29986 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29988 Supports highlighting.
29990 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29991 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29993 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29995 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29996 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29997 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29998 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29999 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30000 on the left side of your screen.
30001 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30002 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30003 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30004 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30005 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30006 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30007 function keyword.
30008 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30009 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30010 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30011 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30012 if (a)
30013 begin
30014 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30015 Indentation for case statements.
30016 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30017 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30018 mark after an end.
30019 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30020 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30021 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30022 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30023 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30024 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30025 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30026 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30027 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30028 if (a)
30029 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30030 otherwise you get:
30031 if (a)
30032 begin
30033 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30034 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30035 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30036 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30037 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30038 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30039 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30040 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30041 comments in tight quarters.
30042 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30043 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30045 Variables controlling other actions:
30047 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30048 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30049 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30051 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30053 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30055 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30056 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30057 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30059 Some other functions are:
30061 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30062 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30063 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30064 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30065 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30067 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30068 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30069 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30070 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30104 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30105 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30107 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30109 \(fn)" t nil)
30111 ;;;***
30113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30114 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30117 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30118 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30120 Usage:
30121 ------
30123 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30124 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30125 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30126 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30127 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30128 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30129 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30130 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30131 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30133 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30134 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30135 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30136 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30138 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30139 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30140 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30141 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30142 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30144 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30145 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30148 HEADER INSERTION:
30149 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30150 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30151 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30154 STUTTERING:
30155 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30156 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30157 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30158 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30160 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30161 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30162 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30163 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30164 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30167 WORD COMPLETION:
30168 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30169 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30170 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30171 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30173 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30174 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30175 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30176 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30177 beginning with \"std\").
30179 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30180 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30181 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30182 stop.
30185 COMMENTS:
30186 `--' puts a single comment.
30187 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30188 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30189 with a comment in between.
30190 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30191 out following lines.
30192 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30193 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30194 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30195 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30197 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30198 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30199 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30200 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30201 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30202 non-nil.
30204 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30205 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30206 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30207 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30208 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30209 multi-line comments.
30212 INDENTATION:
30213 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30214 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30215 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30216 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30217 the entire region.
30219 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30220 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30221 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30222 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30224 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30225 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30226 and vice versa.
30228 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30229 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30231 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30232 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30233 line.
30236 ALIGNMENT:
30237 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30238 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30239 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30240 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30241 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30242 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30243 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30244 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30246 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30247 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30248 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30249 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30250 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30251 is non-nil.
30253 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30254 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30255 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30257 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30258 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30261 CODE FILLING:
30262 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30263 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30264 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30265 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30266 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30267 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30270 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30271 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30272 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30273 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30274 command:
30276 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30279 PORT TRANSLATION:
30280 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30281 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30282 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30283 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30284 internal signal initializations (menu).
30286 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30287 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30288 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30290 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30291 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30292 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30293 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30294 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30295 in subsequent paste operations.)
30297 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30298 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30299 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30302 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30303 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30304 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30305 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30306 association list with formals).
30309 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30310 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30311 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30312 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30313 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30314 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30315 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30316 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30317 `vhdl-testbench'.
30320 KEY BINDINGS:
30321 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30324 VHDL MENU:
30325 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30328 FILE BROWSER:
30329 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30330 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30331 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30333 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30334 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30337 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30338 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30339 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30340 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30342 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30343 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30344 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30346 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30347 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30348 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30349 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30351 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30352 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30353 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30354 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30355 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30357 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30358 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30359 required by secondary units.
30362 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30363 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30364 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30365 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30366 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30367 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30368 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30369 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30370 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30371 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30372 inputs to this component -> input port created
30373 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30374 outputs from this component -> output port created
30375 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30376 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30378 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30379 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30380 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30381 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30382 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30384 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30385 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30387 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30388 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30389 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30390 component instantiation is also supported (option
30391 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30393 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30394 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30395 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30396 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30397 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30398 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30399 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30400 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30401 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30402 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30403 generating the configuration.
30405 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30406 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30407 configurations in speedbar.
30409 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30412 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30413 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30414 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30415 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30416 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30417 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30418 information. New compilers can be added.
30420 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30421 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30424 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30425 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30426 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30427 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30428 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30430 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30431 command:
30433 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30434 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30435 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30437 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30438 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30439 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30440 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30441 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30442 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30443 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30444 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30445 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30447 Limitations:
30448 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30449 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30450 not (yet) supported.
30451 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30452 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30453 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30456 PROJECTS:
30457 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30458 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30459 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30460 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30461 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30462 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30463 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30464 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30466 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30467 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30468 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30469 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30470 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30471 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30472 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30473 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30474 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30475 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30476 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30479 SPECIAL MENUES:
30480 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30481 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30482 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30483 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30484 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30485 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30486 current directory for VHDL source files.
30489 VHDL STANDARDS:
30490 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30491 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30494 KEYWORD CASE:
30495 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30496 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30497 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30498 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30499 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30500 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30501 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30502 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30505 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30506 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30507 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30508 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30509 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30510 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30511 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30513 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30514 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30515 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30516 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30517 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30518 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30520 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30521 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30522 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30523 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30524 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30525 visually.
30527 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30528 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30529 highlighted if written in lower case.
30531 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30532 highlighted using a different background color if option
30533 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30535 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30536 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30537 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30538 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30539 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30542 USER MODELS:
30543 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30544 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30545 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30548 HIDE/SHOW:
30549 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30550 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30551 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30552 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30553 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30556 CODE UPDATING:
30557 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30558 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30559 Limitations:
30560 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30561 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30562 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30563 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30564 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30565 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30566 (used to obtain the port names).
30567 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30568 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30569 sensitivity lists.
30572 CODE FIXING:
30573 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30574 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30577 PRINTING:
30578 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30579 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30580 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30581 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30582 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30583 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30584 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30585 printers.
30588 OPTIONS:
30589 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30590 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30591 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30592 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30593 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30595 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30596 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30597 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30598 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30599 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30600 INSTALL file).
30602 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30603 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30606 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30607 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30608 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30609 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30611 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30614 HINTS:
30615 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30616 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30618 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30620 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30622 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30625 RELEASE NOTES:
30626 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30629 Maintenance:
30630 ------------
30632 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30633 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30635 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30637 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30638 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30639 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30640 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30642 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30643 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30644 where the latest version can be found.
30647 Known problems:
30648 ---------------
30650 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30651 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30652 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30653 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30656 The VHDL Mode Authors
30657 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30659 Key bindings:
30660 -------------
30662 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30664 \(fn)" t nil)
30666 ;;;***
30668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 431149
30669 ;;;;;; 0))
30670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30672 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30673 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30674 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30675 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30677 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30678 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30679 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30680 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30681 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30683 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30684 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30686 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30688 * Limitations and unsupported features
30689 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30690 not supported.
30691 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30692 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30694 * Modifications
30695 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30696 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30697 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30698 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30699 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30700 for undoing a repeated change command.
30701 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30702 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30703 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30705 * Extensions
30706 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30707 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30708 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30709 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30710 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30711 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30712 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30713 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30715 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30717 \(fn)" t nil)
30719 ;;;***
30721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30722 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30723 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30725 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30726 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30728 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30730 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30731 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30732 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30733 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30737 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30738 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30740 \(fn)" t nil)
30742 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30743 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30744 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30745 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30749 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30750 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30752 \(fn)" t nil)
30754 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30757 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30759 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30762 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30764 ;;;***
30766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 38973 331081 127000))
30767 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30769 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30770 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30771 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30773 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30775 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30776 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30777 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30778 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30780 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30782 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30783 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30785 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30787 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30788 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30789 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30790 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30791 moving around in the buffer.
30792 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30793 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30795 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30797 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30799 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30800 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30801 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30802 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30804 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30805 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30806 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30807 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30808 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30810 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30812 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30814 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30815 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30816 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30817 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30818 buffer.
30820 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30821 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30822 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30823 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30824 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30826 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30828 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30830 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30831 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30832 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30833 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30834 moving around in the buffer.
30835 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30836 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30838 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30840 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30841 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30842 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30844 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30845 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30846 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30847 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30849 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30850 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30851 own View-like bindings.
30853 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30855 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30856 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30858 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30859 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30861 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30865 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30867 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30868 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30869 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30871 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30872 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30873 own View-like bindings.
30875 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30877 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30878 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30879 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30880 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30881 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30882 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30883 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30885 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30887 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30889 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30890 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30891 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30893 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30894 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30895 own View-like bindings.
30897 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30899 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30900 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30902 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30903 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30905 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30906 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30907 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30908 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30910 \\<view-mode-map>
30912 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30913 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30914 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30915 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30916 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30917 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30918 to a repeat count of one.
30920 H, h, ? This message.
30921 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30922 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30923 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30924 > move to the end of buffer.
30925 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30926 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30927 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30928 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30929 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30930 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30931 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30932 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30933 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30934 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30935 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30936 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30937 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30938 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30939 Use this to view a changing file.
30940 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30941 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30942 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30943 . set the mark.
30944 x exchanges point and mark.
30945 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30946 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30947 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30948 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30949 ' go to position saved in character register.
30950 s do forward incremental search.
30951 r do reverse incremental search.
30952 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30953 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30954 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30955 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30956 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30957 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30958 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30959 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30960 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30961 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30962 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30963 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30964 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30965 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30966 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30967 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30968 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30970 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30971 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30972 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30973 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30974 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30975 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30976 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30977 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30978 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30980 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30984 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30985 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30986 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30987 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30988 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30989 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30990 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30991 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30992 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30994 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30996 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30998 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30999 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31000 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31001 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31002 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31003 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31005 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31006 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31007 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31009 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31011 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31013 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31015 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31016 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31018 \(fn)" t nil)
31020 ;;;***
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 431149
31023 ;;;;;; 0))
31024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31026 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31027 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31029 \(fn)" nil nil)
31031 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31032 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31034 \(fn)" t nil)
31036 ;;;***
31038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21423 31086 21820
31039 ;;;;;; 199000))
31040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31041 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31043 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31044 Toggle Viper on/off.
31045 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31047 \(fn)" t nil)
31049 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31050 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31052 \(fn)" t nil)
31054 ;;;***
31056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31057 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31060 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31061 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31062 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31063 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31064 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31065 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31066 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31067 the beginning of the warning.")
31069 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31070 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31071 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31072 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31073 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31074 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31075 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31076 also call that function before the next warning.")
31078 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31079 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31081 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31082 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31083 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31084 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31086 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31087 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31088 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31089 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31090 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31091 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31093 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31094 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31095 Default is :warning.
31097 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31098 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31099 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31100 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31101 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31102 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31104 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31105 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31106 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31108 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31110 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31111 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31113 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31115 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31116 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31117 \\<special-mode-map>
31118 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31119 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31121 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31122 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31123 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31124 can be whatever you like.)
31126 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31127 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31129 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31130 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31131 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31132 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31133 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31135 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31137 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31138 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31139 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31140 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31141 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31143 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31145 ;;;***
31147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31148 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31149 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31151 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31152 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31153 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31154 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31155 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31156 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31157 directories to reflect your edits.
31159 See `wdired-mode'.
31161 \(fn)" t nil)
31163 ;;;***
31165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 431149
31166 ;;;;;; 0))
31167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31169 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31170 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31172 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31173 hotlist.
31175 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31176 <nwv@acm.org>.
31178 \(fn)" t nil)
31180 ;;;***
31182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31183 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31185 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31186 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31188 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31190 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31191 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31192 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31195 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31197 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31199 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31200 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31205 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31206 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31207 in certain major modes.
31209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31211 ;;;***
31213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 431149
31214 ;;;;;; 0))
31215 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31216 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31218 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31219 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31221 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31222 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31224 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31225 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31229 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31230 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31232 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31233 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31235 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31236 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31237 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31238 use `whitespace-mode'.
31240 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31244 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31245 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31246 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31249 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31251 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31253 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31254 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31256 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31257 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31259 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31260 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31264 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31265 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31266 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31269 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31271 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31273 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31274 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31276 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31277 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31279 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31280 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31281 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31282 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31284 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31288 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31289 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31291 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31292 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31294 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31295 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31297 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31299 CHAR MEANING
31300 (VIA FACES)
31301 f toggle face visualization
31302 t toggle TAB visualization
31303 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31304 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31305 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31306 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31307 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31308 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31309 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31310 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31311 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31312 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31313 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31314 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31315 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31316 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31317 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31319 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31320 T toggle TAB visualization
31321 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31322 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31324 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31325 ? display brief help
31327 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31328 The valid symbols are:
31330 face toggle face visualization
31331 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31332 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31333 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31334 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31335 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31336 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31337 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31338 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31339 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31340 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31341 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31342 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31343 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31344 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31345 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31346 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31348 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31349 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31350 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31352 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31354 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31358 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31359 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31361 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31362 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31364 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31365 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31367 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31369 CHAR MEANING
31370 (VIA FACES)
31371 f toggle face visualization
31372 t toggle TAB visualization
31373 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31374 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31375 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31376 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31377 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31378 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31379 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31380 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31381 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31382 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31383 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31384 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31385 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31386 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31387 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31389 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31390 T toggle TAB visualization
31391 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31392 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31394 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31395 ? display brief help
31397 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31398 The valid symbols are:
31400 face toggle face visualization
31401 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31402 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31403 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31404 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31405 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31406 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31407 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31408 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31409 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31410 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31411 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31412 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31413 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31414 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31415 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31416 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31418 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31419 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31420 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31422 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31424 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31428 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31429 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31431 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31432 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31433 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31434 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31435 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31437 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31439 The problems cleaned up are:
31441 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31442 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31443 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31444 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31446 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31447 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31448 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31449 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31450 SPACEs.
31451 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31452 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31454 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31456 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31458 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31459 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31460 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31461 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31462 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31463 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31465 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31466 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31467 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31469 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31471 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31472 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31473 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31474 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31475 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31476 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31478 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31479 documentation.
31481 \(fn)" t nil)
31483 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31484 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31486 The problems cleaned up are:
31488 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31489 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31490 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31491 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31492 SPACEs.
31493 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31494 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31495 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31496 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31498 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31500 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31501 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31502 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31503 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31504 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31505 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31507 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31508 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31509 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31511 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31512 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31513 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31514 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31515 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31516 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31518 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31520 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31521 documentation.
31523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31525 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31526 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31528 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31529 non-nil.
31531 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31532 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31533 `whitespace-style' to have:
31535 empty
31536 trailing
31537 indentation
31538 space-before-tab
31539 space-after-tab
31541 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31542 whitespace problems in buffer.
31544 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31546 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31547 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31548 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31549 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31550 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31551 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31552 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31554 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31555 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31556 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31557 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31558 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31559 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31560 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31562 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31563 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31564 cleaning up these problems.
31566 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31568 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31569 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31571 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31572 non-nil.
31574 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31575 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31576 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31578 empty
31579 indentation
31580 space-before-tab
31581 trailing
31582 space-after-tab
31584 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31585 whitespace problems in buffer.
31587 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31589 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31590 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31591 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31592 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31593 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31594 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31595 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31597 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31598 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31599 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31600 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31601 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31602 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31603 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31605 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31606 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31607 cleaning up these problems.
31609 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31611 ;;;***
31613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 431149
31614 ;;;;;; 0))
31615 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31617 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31618 Browse the widget under point.
31620 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31622 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31623 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31625 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31627 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31628 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31630 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31632 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31633 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31635 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31636 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31640 ;;;***
31642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
31643 ;;;;;; 0))
31644 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31646 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31647 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31649 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31651 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31652 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31653 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31655 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31657 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31658 Create widget of TYPE.
31659 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31661 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31663 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31664 Delete WIDGET.
31666 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31668 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31669 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31671 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31673 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31674 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31675 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31676 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31678 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31679 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31681 \(fn)" nil nil)
31683 ;;;***
31685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 431149
31686 ;;;;;; 0))
31687 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31689 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31690 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31691 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31692 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31693 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31694 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31695 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31700 Select the window above the current one.
31701 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31702 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31703 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31704 negative ARG) of the current window.
31705 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31709 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31710 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31711 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31712 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31713 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31714 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31715 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31719 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31720 Select the window below the current one.
31721 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31722 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31723 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31724 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31725 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31729 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31730 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31731 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31732 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31734 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31736 ;;;***
31738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31739 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31741 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31742 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31743 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31746 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31748 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31750 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31751 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31753 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31754 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31755 \\{winner-mode-map}
31757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31759 ;;;***
31761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31762 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31763 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31765 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31766 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31767 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31768 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31769 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31771 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31773 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31774 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31775 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31776 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31777 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31778 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31779 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31780 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31782 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31783 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31785 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31787 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31788 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31790 \(fn)" t nil)
31792 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31793 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31794 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31795 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31796 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31797 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31798 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31799 `woman' command for further details.
31801 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31803 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31804 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31806 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31808 ;;;***
31810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31811 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
31812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31813 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31815 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31816 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31818 BUGS:
31819 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31820 are not implemented
31821 - Options for search and replace
31822 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31823 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31825 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31826 Emacs-like.
31828 \(fn)" t nil)
31830 ;;;***
31832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31833 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31835 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31836 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31837 Return the top node with all its children.
31838 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31840 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31841 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31842 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31844 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31846 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31847 namespace to URIs instead.
31849 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31850 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31852 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31854 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31856 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31858 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31859 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31860 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31861 not contain well-formed XML.
31863 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31864 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31865 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31866 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31867 element of the list.
31868 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31869 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31870 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31872 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31874 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31875 namespace to URIs instead.
31877 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31878 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31880 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31882 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31884 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31886 ;;;***
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 988149
31889 ;;;;;; 0))
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31892 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31893 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31894 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31895 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31896 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31897 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31898 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31899 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31900 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31901 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31903 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31905 ;;;***
31907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21410 64156 350465
31908 ;;;;;; 0))
31909 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31911 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31912 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31913 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31915 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31916 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31918 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31920 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31921 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31926 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31927 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31928 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31929 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31930 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31931 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31935 ;;;***
31937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31940 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31941 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31943 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31945 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31946 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31948 \(fn)" nil nil)
31950 ;;;***
31952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31955 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31956 Zone out, completely.
31958 \(fn)" t nil)
31960 ;;;***
31962 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21568 40785 709844
32179 ;;;;;; 391000))
32181 ;;;***
32183 (provide 'loaddefs)
32184 ;; Local Variables:
32185 ;; version-control: never
32186 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32187 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32188 ;; coding: utf-8
32189 ;; End:
32190 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here